Menu

Against Marcellus

Two books by Eusebius, bishop of Caesarea, against Marcellus, bishop of Ancyra. Marcellus had defended the Nicene faith against the followers of Arius, but Eusebius believed his teaching confused the Father and the Son. A council at Constantinople deposed Marcellus in AD 336, and Eusebius wrote this book soon after. It is a main source for the arguments of the years after Nicaea, and it quotes long passages of Marcellus’s lost book. The author and the date are secure; the sections are those of Klostermann’s edition.

The age of Nicaea c. AD 336–337 Eusebius of Caesarea Greek 10 chapters Modern English: CC BY-SA 4.0
Download the English translation EPUB 48 KBWord 56 KBPlain text 128 KB
Show:
GreekErich Klostermann edition
Modern EnglishSermonIndex translation from the Greek
Book 1
Table of contents
Λόγος Α′. ⟨αʹ πόθεν ὁρμώμενος ὁ Μάρκελλος τουτὶ τὸ σύγγραμμα ἔγραψεν. βʹ ὅτι οὐδὲ τὰς θείας ἐξηκρίβου γραφάς. γʹ Μαρκέλλου περὶ τῶν παρ’ Ἕλλησιν παροιμιῶν. δʹ ὅτι τήν τε ἐκκλησιαστικὴν διδασκαλίαν καὶ τοὺς προεστῶτας αὐτῆς διέβαλλεν.〉
Book 1. [1] What led Marcellus to write this work. [2] That he did not even know the divine Scriptures accurately. [3] Marcellus on the proverbs of the Greeks. [4] That he slandered the church’s teaching and its leaders.
Chapter 1
Ἡ ὑπόθεσις αὐτῷ τῆς γραφῆς μισαδελφία κατέστη, τὸ δὲ ταύτης αἴτιον ζῆλος καὶ φθόνος, ἃ δὴ καὶ ἄλλους μυρίους εἰς κακῶν ἔσχατα κατεκρήμνισεν· ζῆλος γοῦν καὶ φθόνος ἀρχῆθεν ἀδελφοκτονίαν εἰργάσαντο. ἔνθεν ὁρμηθεὶς ὁ ἀνήρ, ἓν τουτὶ γράψας καὶ μόνον ὡς μήποτ’ ὤφελεν σύγγραμμα, εὐθὺς ἀρχόμενος ἀφ’ ἑστίας τοῖς ἁγίοις τοῦ θεοῦ λειτουργοῖς πολεμεῖν προὔθετο, ἀφέμενος τοῦ λέγειν τε καὶ γράφειν πρὸς τὸ μέγα καὶ πολὺ στῖφος τῶν τὴν αὐτοῦ χώραν λυμαινομένων αἱρεσιωτῶν, ὃ δὴ καὶ μάλιστα πράττειν ἐχρῆν (εἴπερ τις αὐτῷ παρῆν σωτηρίου λόγου δύναμις) ποιμένος ἀγαθοῦ δίκην ὥσπερ τινὰς λύκους καὶ θῆρας τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τῆς ἐκκλησίας τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ Γαλατῶν ἔθνους ἀπελαύνοντα.
The occasion of his book was hatred of his brothers, and the cause of that hatred was jealousy and envy. These have thrown countless others down into the worst of evils. Jealousy and envy, after all, produced the murder of a brother from the very beginning. Starting from this, the man wrote this one book, and would that he never had. Right from the start, at the very hearth, he set out to make war on God’s holy ministers. He gave up speaking and writing against the great, thick crowd of heretics who were ravaging his own country. That was exactly what he ought to have done, if he had any power of saving speech. Like a good shepherd he should have driven off the enemies of God’s church in the nation of the Galatians as if they were wolves and wild beasts.
ὁ δ’ ὥσπερ τινὰ χέρσον ἑρπυστικῶν ἰοβόλων ἔμπλεω παριδὼν τὴν αὐτοῦ χώραν, τοῖς τοῦ θεοῦ λειτουργοῖς, εἰκῆ καὶ μάτην ἀναζέσας, ἐπαφῆκε τὸν θυμόν. καὶ τούτοις οὐ τοῖς τυχοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς καὶ πάνυ θεοῦ χάριτι βίῳ τε καὶ φιλοσόφῳ πολιτείᾳ παρὰ τοῖς πᾶσιν ἐμπρέπουσιν· 〈καὶ οὐ τοῖς ζῶσιν〉 μόνοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ κεκοιμημένοις· καὶ τούτων ἐκείνοις, ὧν μάλιστα δι’ ἀρετὴν θεοσεβείας λόγων τε θείων ἀσκήσεως ἡ φήμη καθ’ ὅλης ὡς εἰπεῖν ᾄδεται τῆς οἰκουμένης. τούτων δὲ αὐτῶν οὐχ ἅπαξ ἐμνήσθη κακῶς, πολλάκις δὲ καὶ διαφόρως, τὰς κατ’ αὐτῶν διαβολάς τε καὶ συκοφαντίας ἀφειδῶς πεποιημένος.
Instead he overlooked his own land, as if it were a wasteland full of poisonous creeping things. He boiled over for no reason and to no purpose, and let loose his anger on God’s ministers. These were no ordinary men. By God’s grace they are distinguished before everyone for their way of life and their philosophic conduct. He attacked not only the living but also those who have fallen asleep in Christ. Among these he chose above all those whose fame, for their virtue in godliness and their practice of the divine words, is sung, one might say, through the whole inhabited world. He did not speak ill of these men once only, but often and in various ways, pouring out slanders and false accusations against them without restraint.
ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἀραῖς κέχρηται κατ’ αὐτῶν, οἷα γυναικῶν ἐν μάχῃ, λοιδορούμενος καὶ ἐπαρώμενος τοῖς μηδὲν αὐτὸν ἠδικηκόσιν. διὸ καὶ πέρα τοῦ δέοντος εἰς μακρὸν αὐτῷ καὶ ἄμετρον μῆκος ἐξέπεσεν ἡ γραφή, ὡς ὅλον ἐπῶν ἐγγύς που μυρίων τὸν ἕνα λόγον ἀπαρτισθῆναι.
He has even used curses against them, as women do in a quarrel, abusing and calling down curses on men who had done him no wrong. That is why his writing ran on beyond what was fitting, to a long and immoderate length, so that this one work came to nearly ten thousand lines.
εἰκότως οὖν κατὰ τῶν ἁγίων τοῦ θεοῦ λειτουργῶν κακήγορον γλῶτταν ὀξύνας καὶ τὸ ἀνευλαβὲς καὶ ἄφοβον προγυμνάσας ἐν τούτοις, προϊὼν ἑξῆς προὔκοψεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸ τὸ κορυφαιότατον τοῦ παντός, τὸν μονογενῆ καὶ ἀγαπητὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ τοιαύταις ἀθέοις ὑποβαλὼν βλασφημίαις. οἵας μικρὸν ὕστερον αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐμοῦ, βέλτιον ἀκούειν.
It is no surprise, then, that he sharpened a slanderous tongue against God’s holy ministers and practiced irreverence and fearlessness on them first. Then he went on and advanced to the very summit of everything, and subjected the only-begotten and beloved Son of God to godless blasphemies of the same kind. It is better to hear these a little later from his own mouth than from mine.
τῇ δέ γε παραθέσει τῶν αὐτοῦ ῥημάτων χρησάμενος μέχρι τούτου στήσομαι τέως πρὸς ἐναντίωσιν καὶ ἀνατροπὴν αὐτῶν οὐ μακροὺς ἐπάγων λόγους, τῷ μήτε τοὺς ἄνδρας τοὺς ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ βλασφημηθέντας ἀγνῶτάς τινας εἶναι καὶ ἀφανεῖς, γνωρίζεσθαι δὲ παρὰ τοῖς πᾶσιν καὶ σιωπῶντος,
I will quote his words, and for the moment I will stop there. I will not add long arguments to oppose and overturn them. The men he blasphemed are not unknown or obscure; they are known to everyone even if I say nothing.
μήτε τὴν εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημίαν ἀμφήριστόν τινα καὶ ἀγνοουμένην ὑπάρχειν, ὡς πολλῆς τινος καὶ λογικωτέρας πρὸς ἔλεγχον δεηθῆναι σπουδῆς· οὕτως πᾶσιν τοῖς τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς χάριτος μετειληχόσιν, μικροῖς ὁμοῦ καὶ μεγάλοις, καὶ αὐτὸ μόνον λεχθεῖσα πρόδηλος καθέστηκεν ἡ τοῦ ξένου τούτου [καὶ] θεολόγου κενοφωνία. διὸ βραχέσιν αὐτὸ μόνον παρασημειώσεσιν χρήσομαι, εἱρμῷ καὶ τάξει σωματοποιῶν τὸν λόγον, ὑποσημαινόμενός τε αὐτὸ μόνον τὸ παράλογον τῶν ἐμφερομένων.
Nor is the blasphemy against God’s Christ doubtful or obscure, so as to need great and more reasoned effort to refute it. To all who share in the church’s grace, small and great alike, the empty talk of this strange theologian is plain as soon as it is spoken. So I will use only brief marginal notes. I will give the discussion body by arranging it in connected order, and I will merely point out how irrational the quoted statements are.
πρὶν δ’ ἐπὶ τὰς αὐτοῦ χωρῆσαι φωνὰς ἀναγκαίως τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσι τῷ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς συγγράμματι συμβουλεύσαιμ’ ἄν, εἰ δὴ μάλιστα Γαλατῶν εἶέν τινες, μὴ ἀμνημονεῖν τῆς θείας φωνῆς Παύλου τοῦ ἀποστόλου, ὃς αὐτοῖς Γαλάταις γράφων παρῄνει μὴ μετατίθεσθαι »ἀπὸ τοῦ καλέσαντος « αὐτοὺς » ἐν χάριτι Χριστοῦ εἰς ἕτερον εὐαγγέλιον « (» οὐκ ἔστιν « γὰρ » ἄλλο « , ὡς αὐτὸς ἔφη, » εἰ μή τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες « αὐτοὺς » καὶ θέλοντες μεταστρέψαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ «),
But before I come to his words, I must advise those who read the man’s book, especially if any of them are Galatians, not to forget the divine voice of the apostle Paul. Writing to the Galatians themselves, he urged them not to be removed “from the one who called” them “in the grace of Christ to another gospel.” For “there is not another,” as he himself said, “except that there are some who are troubling” them “and wanting to pervert the gospel of Christ.”
κἀκείνῳ δὲ ἀναγκαίως προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν, δι’ οὗ καὶ ἑαυτοῦ καθαπτόμενος ὁ τοσοῦτος ἀπόστολος εἰς δυσώπησιν τῶν διαστρέφειν τοὺς ἄνδρας πειρωμένων προσετίθει λέγων » ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐὰν ἡμεῖς ἢ ἄγγελος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ὑμῖν εὐαγγελίσηται παρ’ ὃ εὐηγγελισάμεθα ὑμῖν, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω « .
They must also give careful attention to the other saying, in which that great apostle, including himself in the charge, added these words to shame those who were trying to twist the men away: “But even if we, or an angel from heaven, should preach to you a gospel other than what we preached to you, let him be accursed.”
ὃ δὴ ἐπαναλαβὼν δευτεροῖ φάσκων »ὡς προειρήκαμεν καὶ ἄρτι πάλιν λέγω, εἴ τις ὑμᾶς εὐαγγελίζεται παρ’ ὃ παρελάβετε, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω « . τί δὲ ἦν τοῦτο, παρ’ ὃ οὐκ ἦν εὐαγγελί‹ζεσθαι ἄλλο εὐαγγέλι›ον, ἤ που πάντως αὐτὸ ἐκεῖνο ὃ δὴ τοῖς αὐτοῦ παραδιδοὺς μαθηταῖς ὁ σωτὴρ ἀναγέγραπται εἰρηκὼς » πορευθέντες μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος« ;
He repeated this and said it a second time: “As we have said before, so I say again now: if anyone preaches to you a gospel other than what you received, let him be accursed.” What was this, beyond which no other gospel could be preached? Surely it was exactly what the Savior is recorded to have said when he handed it on to his disciples: “Go and make disciples of all the nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit.”
ταύτην γὰρ ἡμῖν τὴν χάριν τῆς γνώσεως τῆς ἁγίας τριάδος μόνος αὐτὸς διὰ τῆς μυστικῆς δεδώρηται ἀναγεννήσεως, οὕτε Μωσέως οὔτε προφητῶν τινος τῷ προτέρῳ λαῷ ταύτην διακονησαμένου· μόνῳ γὰρ ἔπρεπεν τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν πατρικὴν ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις εὐαγγελίσασθαι χάριν, ἐπειδήπερ » ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωσέως ἐδόθη « , διὰ δὲ μόνου » Ἰησοῦ Χριστοὺ «, ὡς διὰ » μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ « [Ἰησοῦ], » ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια « ἐγένετο.
For this grace, the knowledge of the holy Trinity, he alone has given us, through the mystical new birth. Neither Moses nor any of the prophets served the earlier people with it. It was fitting that the Son of God alone should announce the Father’s grace to all people, since “the law was given through Moses,” but grace and truth came through Jesus Christ alone, as through the “only-begotten Son.”
ἔνθεν εἰκότως ὁ μὲν παιδαγωγοῦ τρόπου νηπιάζοντι τῷ προτέρῳ λαῷ »στοιχεῖα τῆς ἀρχῆς τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ « παρεδίδου » λογίων« , πολυθέου μὲν ἀπείργων πλάνης, θεὸν δὲ κηρύττων ἕνα μόνον εἰδέναι. ἡ δὲ σωτήριος χάρις, ὑπερκόσμιόν τινα καὶ ἀγγελικὴν ἡμῖν παρέχουσα γνῶσιν, τὸ πάλαι τῷ προτέρῳ λαῷ σεσιγημένον μυστήριον ἀναφανδὸν ἐξεκάλυπτεν, αὐτὸν τὸν ἐπέκεινα τῶν ὅλων θεόν, τὸν τοῖς πάλαι ἀνθρώποις ἐγνωσμένον, θεὸν ἅμα καὶ πατέρα εἶναι υἱοῦ τοῦ μονογενοῦς κηρύττουσα, τήν τε τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῖς ἀξίοις ἐπιχορηγοῦσα δύναμιν.
So it was natural that Moses, like a tutor, handed over to the earlier people, who were still infants, “the elements of the beginning of the oracles of God.” He kept them from the error of many gods and proclaimed that they should know one God only. But the saving grace gives us a knowledge that is above the world and like that of angels. It openly uncovered the mystery that had long been kept silent for the earlier people. It proclaims that the very God who is over all things, whom the men of old knew, is at the same time God and Father of the only-begotten Son. And through the Son it supplies the power of the Holy Spirit to those who are worthy.
αὐτόθεν πως τὴν ἁγίαν καὶ μακαρίαν καὶ μυστικὴν τριάδα πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος εἰς σωτήριον ἐλπίδα διὰ τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναγεννήσεως ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκκλησία παραλαβοῦσα φυλάττει. καὶ τοῦτ’ ἦν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ὃ μὴ θεμιτὸν εἶναι μετατίθεσθαι εἰς ἕτερον εὐαγγέλιον, ὃ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλο « ὁ μέγας ἀπόστολος εἰσέτι δεῦρο Γαλάταις μαρτύρεται, διὰ τῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐπιστολῆς βοῶν »κἂν ἡμεῖς ἢ ἄγγελος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ εὐαγγελίζηται ὑμᾶς παρ’ ὃ παρελάβετε, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω « · πόρρωθεν, ὡς εἰκός, μηδ’ ἐπισκόποις μηδ’ ἄρχουσιν μη‹δὲ› διδασκάλοις προσέχειν, εἰ τὸν ἀληθῆ τῆς πίστεως διαστρέφοι τις αὐτῶν λόγον, διαστελλόμενος.
From this source, in a way, the church of God has received the holy, blessed and mystical Trinity of Father, Son and Holy Spirit, for the hope of salvation through the new birth in Christ, and she guards it. This was the gospel which it is not lawful to exchange for another gospel, “which is not another.” The great apostle still bears witness to this today to the Galatians, crying out in his letter to them, “Even if we or an angel from heaven preach to you anything beyond what you received, let him be accursed.” He is, as one would expect, giving a firm instruction to keep far away from bishops, rulers and teachers too, if any of them twists the true word of the faith.
τίς δ’ ἦν οὗτος 〈ἢ〉 ὁ θεὸν πατέρα εἰδέναι διδάσκων καὶ υἱὸν θεοῦ γιγνώσκειν παραδιδοὺς καὶ πνεύματος ἁγίου φιλοτιμεῖσθαι μετέχειν; ἅπερ μόνων ἂν γένοιτο Χριστιανῶν γνωρίσματα, ὧδέ πη τῆς ἁγίας τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκκλησίας ἀφοριζομένης τοῦ Ἰουδαϊκοῦ τρόπου.
And who was this, if not the one who teaches us to know God as Father, hands down the knowledge of the Son of God, and urges us to eagerly share in the Holy Spirit? These are the marks of Christians alone. In this way the holy church of God marks herself off from the Jewish way.
ὡς γὰρ ἐκεῖνος τὴν πολύθεον καὶ Ἑλληνικὴν ἀπεδοκίμαζεν πλάνην ἑνὸς θεοῦ ὁμολογίᾳ, οὕτως καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἡ ἐξαίρετος περὶ υἱοῦ γνῶσις κρεῖττόν τι καὶ πλέον [τι] προὐξένει, τὸν αὐτὸν θεὸν πατέρα εἰδέναι μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ διδάσκουσα, ἀληθῶς υἱοῦ ὄντος καὶ ζῶντος καὶ ὑφεστῶτος. »ὡς γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ζωὴν ἔχει ἐν ἑαυτῷ 〈οὕτως καὶ τῷ υἱῷ ἔδωκεν ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ〉« αὐτὸς λέγων ἐδίδασκεν ὁ μονογενὴς τοῦ θεοῦ,
For as the Jew rejected the error of many gods and Greek religion by confessing one God, so the church’s distinctive knowledge of the Son brought something better and greater. She teaches us to know the same God as Father of an only-begotten Son, a Son who is truly a son, living and subsisting. For the only-begotten of God himself taught, saying, “As the Father has life in himself, so he gave the Son also to have life in himself.”
ἵν’ ᾖ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἀληθῶς πατὴρ (οὐ μέχρι φωνῆς ὧδέ πη χρηματίζων, οὐδὲ ψευδῆ κεκτημένος τὴν προσηγορίαν. ἀληθείᾳ δὲ καὶ ἔργῳ πατὴρ υἱοῦ μονογενοῦς) καὶ ὁ υἱὸς ἀληθῶς υἱός. ὁ δὲ ψιλὸν λόγον εἶναι τὸν υἱὸν ὑπολαμβάνων καὶ μόνον λόγον εἶναι μαρτυρόμενος καὶ πολλάκις τοῦτ’ αὐτὸ λέγων ὡς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἦν ἢ λόχος, ἔνδον μένων ἐν ἡσυχάζοντι τῷ πατρὶ ἐνεργῶν δὲ ἐν τῷ τὴν κτίσιν δημιουργεῖν, ὁμοίως τῷ ἡμετέρῳ ἐν σιωπῶσιν μὲν ἡσυχάζοντι ἐν δὲ φθεγγομένοις ἐνεργοῦντι, δῆλος ἂν εἴη Ἰουδαϊκῷ τινι καὶ ἀνθρωπίνῳ συντρέχων φρονήματι τὸν δ’ ἀληθῶς υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀρνούμενος.
The purpose is that the Father may be truly Father (not called so in word only, nor holding a false title, but in truth and in fact the Father of an only-begotten Son), and that the Son may be truly Son. But consider the man who supposes that the Son is a bare word. He testifies that the Son is only a word, and he often says that he was nothing other than a word, remaining within the Father while he was at rest, and active when he made the creation. In this he is like our own word, which is at rest in those who are silent and active in those who speak. Clearly such a man runs along with a Jewish and merely human way of thinking, and he denies the one who is truly the Son of God.
εἰ γοῦν τις Ἰουδαίων ἔροιτό τινα, εἰ λόγον ἔχει ὁ θεός, πάντως που φήσει· ἐπεὶ [καὶ λόγον] καὶ λόγους πλείους ἔχειν αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσειεν ἂν Ἰουδαίων ἅπας. ὅτι δὲ καὶ υἱὸν ἔχει, οὐκέτ’ ἂν ὁμολογήσειεν ἐρωτηθείς.
For if someone asked a Jew whether God has a word, he would certainly say yes. Every Jew would admit that God has a word, and indeed many words. But if he were asked whether God has a son, he would no longer admit it.
εἰ δὲ μὴ Ἰουδαίων ἀλλ’ ἐπισκόπων τις ταύτην εἰσαγάγοι τὴν δόξαν, λόγον αὐτὸν μόνον διδοὺς ἡνωμένον τῷ θεῷ καὶ τοῦτον εἶναι ἀίδιον καὶ ἀγέννητον ἕν τε εἶναι καὶ ταὐτὸν τῷ θεῷ, ὀνόμασιν μὲν διαφόροις πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ χρηματίζοντα οὐσίᾳ δὲ καὶ ὑποστάσει ἓν ὄντα, πῶς οὐ δῆλος ἂν γένοιτο τὸν μὲν Σαβέλλιον ὑποδυόμενος, τῆς δ’ ἐν Χριστῷ γνώσεώς τε καὶ χάριτος ἠλλοτριωμένος; οὐδὲ γὰρ ζητεῖν οὐδ’ ἀμφιβάλλειν οὐδ’ ἐρωτᾶν 〈αὐ τοῖς. εἰ ἦν καὶ προῆν ὁ μονογενὴς υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐπιτρέποι ἂν θεσμός· ὁμολογουμένῃ δὲ καὶ ἀναμφιβόλῳ πίστει σὺν πολλῷ θάρρει καὶ παρρησίᾳ διδάσκει τὸν θεὸν πατέρα εἶναι υἱοῦ τοῦ μονογενοῦς ὁμολογεῖν, καὶ μήτε τὸν πατέρα υἱὸν εἶναι ἢ τὸν υἱὸν πατέρα νομίζειν· ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν ἀγένητον καὶ ἀίδιον καὶ ἄναρχον καὶ πρῶτον καὶ μόνον πατέρα σέβειν, τὸν δὲ ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς γεννη θῆναι καὶ ὑποστῆναι καὶ μόνον υἱὸν μονογενῆ εἶναι πιστεύειν, θεόν τε αὐτὸν ὡς ἀληθῶς υἱὸν ὄντα θεοῦ γνωρίζειν.
Now suppose it is not a Jew but one of the bishops who introduces this opinion. He grants only a word united to God, and says this word is eternal and unbegotten, and one and the same with God. He says that God is called by different names, Father and Son, but is one in essence and substance. Would he not plainly be putting on the mask of Sabellius, and be a stranger to the knowledge and grace that are in Christ? For the rule of the church would not allow them to inquire, doubt or ask whether the only-begotten Son of God existed and pre-existed. It teaches, with a confession that is agreed and beyond doubt, and with great confidence and boldness, that we confess God as the Father of the only-begotten Son. It teaches us not to think the Father is the Son, or the Son the Father. We are to worship the Father as unbegotten, eternal, without beginning, first and alone. We are to believe that the Son was begotten from the Father and subsists, and that he alone is the only-begotten Son. And we are to recognize him as God, since he is truly Son of God.
εἰ δὴ οὖν τούτοις μὲν ἀντιλέγων τις φαίνοιτο, λόγον δὲ θεοῦ ὁμοίως τῷ ἐν ἀνθρώποις τοῦτον ὁρίζοιτο, 〈πῶς οὐκ ἂν ἐλέγχοιτο〉 οὐκ ἐννοῶν οὐδὲ λογιζόμενος ὡς οὐδὲν χρὴ θνητὸν οὐδὲ ἀνθρώπινον τῷ ἐπέκεινα τῶν ὅλων ἀνατιθέναι θεῷ, οὐδ’ ὅλως τι τῶν εἰς ἡμετέραν ἐνθύμησιν ἀνιόντων, κἂν αἱ θεῖαι γραφαί, ὥσπερ τινὰς νηπίους παιδαγωγοῦσαι τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας, ἀνθρωπικώτερον περὶ αὐτοῦ διαλέγωνται, χεῖρας αὐτῷ καὶ πόδας καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ φωνὰς καὶ λόγους καὶ στόμα καὶ πρόσωπον καὶ μυρία ἄλλα τοιαῦτα περιάπτουσαι· ἃ δὴ προσήκει μεταφέρειν ἐπὶ θεοπρεπεῖς ἐννοίας, οὐδὲν θνητὸν οὐδ’ ἀνθρώπινον ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι φανταζομένους· »πνεῦμα« γὰρ »ὁ θεός, καὶ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας αὐτὸν ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ δεῖ προσκυνεῖν «, αὐτὸς ἐδίδαξεν ὁ σωτήρ.
Suppose, then, that someone is found who contradicts these teachings and defines the Word of God as being like the word in human beings. How would he not be exposed? He neither understands nor reasons that nothing mortal or merely human should be attributed to the God who is above all things, nor anything at all that comes up in our own thinking. This holds even if the divine Scriptures, guiding their readers like small children, speak of him in rather human terms and attach to him hands, feet, eyes, voices, words, a mouth, a face, and countless other things of this kind. These ought to be carried over into thoughts worthy of God, picturing nothing mortal or human in God. For the Savior himself taught: “God is spirit, and those who worship him must worship him in spirit and in truth.”
εἰ δὲ πνεῦμα, δῆλον ὅτι θεῖον, κρεῖττον παντὸς αἰσθητοῦ καὶ συνθέτου σώματος, ὡς μήτε λόγον αἰσθητὸν ἔχειν, ὑπὸ γλώττης ἐξηχούμενον καὶ διὰ προφορᾶς θνητοῖς ὠσὶν ἐξακουόμενον, μήτε γλῶτταν μήτε φωνὴν μήτε πρόσωπον μήτε ‹ τι›〉 ἄλλο θνητῷ καὶ ἀνθρωπίνῳ λογισμῷ παραβαλλόμενον.
But if God is spirit, it is clear that he is divine spirit, greater than every perceptible and composite body. So he has no perceptible word, sounded out by a tongue and heard through speech by mortal ears. Nor does he have a tongue, a voice, a face, or anything else that could be compared with mortal and human reasoning.
εἰ γάρ τι ἄλλο »ὃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν οὐδὲ οὖς ἤκουσεν, οὐδὲ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη« τοιαῦτ’ εἶναι »ἃ ἡτοίμασεν ὁ θεὸς τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτὸν« ὁ θεῖος ἐδίδαξεν ἀπόστολος, τούτων ἀπάντων αὐτὸς ὁ τούτων δοτὴρ ἀρρήτων ἂν εἴη ἀρρητότερος, ὡς πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἀληθέστερον φάναι ἂν ἐν τῇ περὶ αὐτοῦ θεολογίᾳ ὀφθαλμὸν μὴ ἑωρακέναι μηδὲ οὖς ἀκηκοέναι μηδὲ » ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπων « ἀναβεβηκέναι τῆς περὶ αὐτοῦ καταλήψεως τὴν γνῶσιν.
The divine apostle taught that the things “which eye has not seen, nor ear heard, nor have they entered the human heart” are the things “which God has prepared for those who love him.” If so, then God himself, the giver of these unspeakable things, must be more unspeakable than all of them. It would then be far truer to say, in speaking of God, that no eye has seen, no ear has heard, and the knowledge of grasping him has not “entered the human heart.”
ὁ δ’ αὐτὸς ἂν εἴη λόγος καὶ περὶ τῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ γενεσιουργίας. τούτων δ’ αὐτὸς ὁ σωτὴρ ἀξιόχρεως γένοιτ’ ἂν ἡμῖν ἱεροφάντης, ὧδέ πη φάσκων » πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός μου, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν υἱὸν εἰ μὴ ὁ πατήρ, οὐδὲ τὸν πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱός «.
The same must be said about the begetting of the Son. And for these matters the Savior himself would be a trustworthy teacher of sacred mysteries for us, when he says something like this: “All things have been handed over to me by my Father, and no one fully knows the Son except the Father, nor does anyone fully know the Father except the Son.”
εἰ δὴ οὖν τούτοις μὲν ἀντιφθέγγοιτό τις καὶ μὴ τὸν υἱόν, ᾧ πάντα παρέδωκεν ὁ πατήρ. ὑφεστάναι λέγειν τολμῴη, λόγον δὲ αὐτὸν ὁρίζοιτο μόνον ὅμοιον τῷ ἐν ἀνθρώποις, ποτὲ μὲν ἐν τῷ θεῷ ἡσυχάζοντα ὁμοίως τῷ παρ’ ἡμῖν σιωπῶντι. ποτὲ δὲ ἐνεργοῦντα τῷ παρ’ ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ λαλεῖν φθεγγομένῳ παραπλησίως, εἶτα τοῦτον αὐτὸν καιρῷ τινι οὐδ’ ὅλων ἐτῶν ἔμπροσθεν τετρακοσίων σάρκα φήσαι (οὐκ οἶδ’ ὅπως) ἀνειληφέναι καὶ δι’ αὐτῆς τὴν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον οἰκονομίαν τετελεκέναι, καὶ τότε υἱὸν θεοῦ γεγονέναι καὶ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν χρηματίσαι βασιλέα τε ἀνηγορεῦσθαι εἰκόνα τε »θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου«, καὶ πρωτότοκον »πάσης κτίσεως« μὴ ὄντα πρότερόν ποτε ἀποδεδεῖχθαι· εἶτ’ ἐπὶ τῇ τοσαύτῃ ἀτοπίᾳ μηδ’ ἐξ οὑπερ ὑπέθετο χρόνου τὴν εἰς ἄπειρον καὶ ἀτελεύτητον ζωήν τε καὶ βασιλείαν τῷ Χριστῷ διδούς, τέλος δὲ αὐτῷ μηδ’ αἴσιον ἐπάγοι μηδ’ οἷον τοῖς δι’ αὐτοῦ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν καταξιωθησομένοις ὧν αὐτὸς ὁ σωτὴρ ἐπήγγελται, ζωὴν αἰώνιον καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν ἀθανασίαν τε καὶ βασιλείαν οὐρανῶν τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτὸν ὑποσχόμενος·
Suppose, then, that someone speaks against these things. He does not dare to say that the Son, to whom the Father handed over all things, has a real existence of his own. He defines him only as a word like the word in human beings. At one time, he says, this Word rests quietly in God, like a person among us who is silent. At another time it is active, much like a person among us who speaks aloud. Then, he says, at a certain time, not even four hundred years ago (I do not know how), this Word took on flesh and through it carried out the saving plan in human form. Only then, he says, did he become Son of God, and take the name Jesus Christ, and was proclaimed king and “image of the invisible God” and “firstborn of all creation,” though he had not been these things before. And after so absurd a claim, he does not even give Christ, from the time he supposes, life and a kingdom without limit and without end. Instead he brings him to an end that is not good, and not what those will receive who are counted worthy through him of the promises the Savior himself made, when he promised eternal life, incorruption, immortality, and the kingdom of heaven to those who love him.
τηνικαῦτα δὲ κατὰ τὴν προσδοκωμένην τούτων ἐλπίδα τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις ἅπασιν τὰ τῆς βασιλείας εἰς ἀτελεύτητον διαρκέσειν αἰῶνα φάσκοι, μόνῳ δὲ αὐτῷ τῷ Χριστῷ τούτων ἁπάντων ἀθρόαν γενήσεσθαι στέρησιν, παυθησομένης μὲν αὐτοῦ τῆς βασιλείας, τῆς δὲ σαρκὸς ἧς ἀνείληφεν καταλειφθησομένης ἐρήμου, ‹αὐ›τοῦ δὲ τοῦ προόντος ἐν θεῷ λόγου ἀφοριζομένου μὲν τοῦ σώματος (κἂν ἀθάνατον τοῦτο καὶ ἄφθαρτον ᾖ) τῷ δὲ θεῶ συναφθησομένου, ὡς ἕν καὶ ταὐτὸν πάλιν τῷ θεῷ γενήσεσθαι καθὰ καὶ πρότερον ἦν· τίς ἂν λείποιτο τούτῳ δυσσεβείας ὑπερβολή;
For at that time, according to the hope we expect from these promises, he would say that the blessings of the kingdom will last forever for all others, but that Christ alone will suffer the total loss of all these things. His kingdom will cease. The flesh he took on will be left empty. The Word who existed beforehand in God will be separated from the body (even if that body is immortal and incorruptible) and joined to God, so that he becomes again one and the same with God, as he was before. What greater extreme of ungodliness could be left to such a man?
διὸ δὴ τούτοις ἀναγκαία ἡ τῆς ἀποστολικῆς διαστολῆς μαρτυρία φήσασα »κἂν ἄγγελος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ εὐαγγελίζηται παρ’ ὃ παρελάβετε, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω«. θαυμάζειν δέ μοι ἔπεισιν ἐπιθεωροῦντι τὴν ἀποστολικὴν διάνοιαν. ὥσπερ γὰρ θεσπίζων τὸ μέλλον αὐτοῖς Γαλάταις τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐξηκρίβου θεολογίαν, αὐτόθεν ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐπιστολῆς καινότερον ἢ κατὰ τὸ σύνηθες γράφων ὧδε »Παῦλος ἀπόστολος, οὐκ ἀπ’ ἀνθρώπων οὐδὲ δι’ ἀνθρώπου ἀλλὰ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοὺ«.
For this reason the apostle’s pointed testimony is necessary against such people, when he said: “Even if an angel from heaven proclaims a gospel contrary to what you received, let him be accursed.” I am moved to wonder as I consider the apostle’s thinking. It is as though he foresaw the future and spoke with precision to the Galatians themselves about the doctrine of the Savior. Right at the beginning of his letter to them he writes in a more striking way than was his custom: “Paul, an apostle, not from human beings nor through a human being, but through Jesus Christ.”
οὐκ ἂν γοῦν οὕτω γράψαντα εὕροι τις αὐτὸν ἑτέροις· τῷ μηδένας εἶναι, ὡς εἰκός, περὶ τὴν πίστιν ὁμοίως, οἷς ἔγραφεν, ἑτέρους. ὡς γὰρ ψιλὸν ἄνθρωπον ὑπολαμβάνουσιν τὸν Χριστὸν προσῆγεν τὴν διόρθωσιν, οὐκ ἄνθρωπον αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς ἐπιστολῆς διδάσκων· καὶ προϊὼν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἔλεγεν ὅτι »τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν εἰς ὑμᾶς, οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον, οὐδὲ ἐγὼ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου παρἑλαβον αὐτὸ οὐδὲ ἐδιδάχθην, ἀλλὰ δι’ ἀποκαλύψεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ«. δι’ ὧν αὖθις ὅτι μὴ ἄνθρωπος ἦν Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς παρίστη.
You would not find him writing this way to other churches. The reason, presumably, is that none of the others he wrote to were in the same state of faith. He brought his correction to the Galatians because they supposed Christ was a mere man, and so at the very start of the letter he taught them that Christ is not a man. Going on, he told the same people, “The gospel that was preached to you by me is not according to man; I neither received it from a man nor was I taught it, but it came through a revelation of Jesus Christ.” By these words he again shows that Jesus Christ was not a man.
τί δὲ ἦν, εἰ μὴ ἄνθρωπος, προϊὼν αὖθις διεσάφει λέγων »ὅτε δὲ εὐδόκησεν ὁ θεὸς ὁ ἀφορίσας με ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί«. ὁρᾷς πῶς υἱὸν θεοῦ σαφῶς ἀνηγόρευε τὸν σωτῆρα. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο θεόν.
But if he was not a man, what was he? Going on, Paul made this plain again when he said, “But when God, who set me apart from my mother’s womb, was pleased to reveal his Son in me.” You see how clearly he proclaimed the Savior to be the Son of God, and therefore God.
καὶ ὅτι γε πρὸ τῆς ἐνσάρκου παρουσίας υἱὸν αὐτὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ὄντα ἠπίστατο, τρανότατα παρίστησιν ἐπιλέγων ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ πρὸς Γαλάτας ἐπιστολῇ »ὅτε δὲ ἦλθεν τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ χρόνου, ἐξαπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, γενόμενον ἐκ γυναικός«. οὐκοῦν οὐ νῦν, ἀλλὰ πρὶν ἢ γενέσθαι ἐκ γυναικός, υἱὸν ὄντα καὶ προόντα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ πατήρ· ὡς ἂν ὁ πάλαι υἱὸς θεοῦ καὶ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου γένοιτο, γενόμενος »ἐκ γυναικός«.
And that he knew him to be God’s Son before his coming in the flesh, Paul shows most plainly by adding in the same letter to the Galatians, “But when the fullness of time came, God sent out his Son, born of a woman.” So the Father sent him not as one who became a Son only now. He was already Son and already existed before he was born of a woman. In this way the one who had long been Son of God also became a son of man, by being “born of a woman.”
ἀλλὰ καὶ μεσίτην αὐτὸν τοῦ Μωσέως νόμου γενέσθαι διδάσκει, διορίζων τὸν τῆς μεσιτείας λόγον δι’ ὧν φησιν »τί οὖν; ὁ νόμος τῶν παραβάσεων χάριν ἐτέθη. ἄχρι ἂν ἔλθῃ τὸ σπέρμα ᾧ ἐπήγγελται, διαταγεὶς δ’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου. ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν«. ἀκούεις ὅπως ἐν τούτοις ὁ ἀπόστολος Γαλάτας αὐτοὺς ἐδίδαξεν ἐξ ἐκείνου ἕνα ‹τὸν› θεὸν εἰδέναι, καὶ ἕνα τὸν μεσίτην θεοῦ καὶ ἀγγέλων.
The apostle also teaches that he became mediator of the law of Moses, and he defines what this mediation means when he says, “What then? The law was added for the sake of transgressions, until the seed should come to whom the promise was made, and it was ordained through angels by the hand of a mediator. But a mediator is not of one, and God is one.” You hear how in these words the apostle taught the Galatians that from that time there was one God, and one mediator between God and angels.
ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐν ἑτέροις ἐδήλου λέγων »εἷς γὰρ ὁ θεός· εἷς καὶ μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων, ἄνθρωπος Ἰησοῦς Χριστός«. ἀλλ’ ὅτε μὲν »θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων« μεσίτην αὐτὸν ὠνόμαζεν, εἰκότως ἄνθρωπον αὐτὸν διὰ τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν ἐκάλει· ὅτε δὲ οὐ μεσίτην θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ καὶ ἀγγέλων τὸν αὐτὸν εἰσῆγεν, οὐκέτ’ ἄνθρωπον ὠνόμαζεν, μόνον δὲ μεσίτην φησίν, τὸν νόμον διατετάχθαι εἰπὼν »δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου«,
He made the same point elsewhere when he said, “For there is one God, and one mediator between God and men, the man Christ Jesus.” But when he named him “mediator between God and men,” he rightly called him a man, because of his becoming man. When he brought him in as mediator not between God and men but between God and angels, he no longer called him a man. He says only “mediator,” when he says the law was ordained “through angels by the hand of a mediator.”
διαιρέσει τε ἀναγκαίως τὸ τοῦ μεσίτου ὄνομα διασαφῶν ἐν τῷ λέγειν »ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν«. οὔτε ἄρα ὁ θεὸς εἴη ἂν ὁ μεσίτης (τίνος γὰρ καὶ γένοιτ’ ἂν μεσίτης;) οὕτε ὁ μεσίτης αὐτὸς [αὐτὸς] ἂν εἴη ὁ θεός· «ὁ» γὰρ «μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν«.
Paul also had to make clear the meaning of the word “mediator” by drawing a distinction, when he said, “But a mediator is not of one, and God is one.” So God cannot be the mediator, for whose mediator would he be? Nor can the mediator himself be God, for “a mediator is not of one.”
δυεῖν δ’ ἄρα μέσος ἕστηκεν. τίνων τούτων, διασαφεῖ ἀγγέλους ὀνομάζων καὶ τὸν θεόν· ὧν μέσον ὄντα τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ [ἐκ] τὸν νόμον χειρὶ μὲν ἰδίᾳ εἰληφέναι φησὶν παρὰ τοῦ πατρός, »δι’ ἀγγέλων« δὲ τῷ πρώτῳ διατεταχέναι λαῷ. ἦν ἄρα ἐξ ἐκείνου ὁ υἱὸς μεσίτης θεοῦ τε καὶ ἀγγέλων, πρὶν ἢ γενέσθαι »μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων«.
He therefore stands in the middle of two. Which two, Paul makes clear by naming angels and God. The Son of God stands between these, and Paul says he received the law from the Father with his own hand, and ordained it “through angels” for the first people. So from that time the Son was mediator of God and angels, before he became “mediator of God and men.”
καὶ ἦν οὐχ ὡς ψιλὸς θεοῦ λόγος, ἀνυπόστατος, ἓν καὶ ταὐτὸν ὑπάρχων τῷ θεῷ (οὐ γὰρ ἂν εἴη οὕτω γε μεσίτης)· ἀλλ’ ἦν καὶ προῆν ὡς »μονογενὴς υἱὸς πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας«. καὶ ἦν μεσιτεύων τῷ πατρὶ παρέχοντι τὸν νόμον »δι’ ἀγγέλων« ἀνθρώποις. ὃ δὴ διδάσκων ἐξ ἐκείνου τοὺς ἀγνῶτας καὶ ἀμαθεῖς τῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ θεοῦ θεολογίας ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐπεσφραγίζετο λέγων »ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν«. οὐ γὰρ ἔχει φύσιν ἐφ’ ἑνὸς τὸν μεσίτην ὁρίζεσθαι.
And he was not so as a bare word of God, without a substance of his own and one and the same as God, for then he could not be a mediator. He was and existed beforehand as “the only-begotten Son, full of grace and truth.” He was acting as mediator for the Father, who gave the law to men “through angels.” In teaching this from the beginning to those who knew nothing of the Son’s divinity, the apostle sealed it by saying, “But a mediator is not of one.” For it is not in the nature of things for a mediator to be defined in relation to one party.
διὸ οὗτος μὲν οὐκ ἔστιν ἑνός, δυεῖν δὲ μέσος ἐξ ἀνάγκης, οὐδέτερος ὢν ἐκείνων ὧν μέσος τυχχάνει· ὥστε μήτε αὐτὸν εἶναι τὸν ἐπὶ πάντων θεὸν ἡγεῖσθαι μήτε τῶν ἀγγέλων ἕνα, τούτων δὲ μέσον καὶ μεσίτην, ὅτε τῷ πατρὶ καὶ ἀγγέλοις μεσιτεύει· ὡς οὐ πάλιν, ὅτε »μεσίτης« γίνεται »θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων«, μέσος ὢν ἑκατέρου τάγματος οὐδέτερόν ἐστιν, 〈ὧν〉 μεσίτης ὑπάρχει̇ οὔτ’ αὐτὸς ὢν ὁ εἷς καὶ μόνος θεὸς οὔθ’ ὁμοίως τοῖς λοιποῖς ἀνθρώποις ἄνθρωπος.
So he is not mediator of one but of necessity stands between two, and he is neither of the two between whom he stands. We must therefore not think that he is the God over all, nor one of the angels, but between them and mediator when he mediates for the Father and the angels. Likewise, when he becomes “mediator of God and men,” though he stands between both orders, he is neither of those whose mediator he is. He is not himself the one and only God, nor is he a man in the same way as the rest of men.
τί δέ, εἰ μηδὲν τούτων, ἢ θεοῦ μονογενὴς υἱός, νῦν μὲν ἀνθρώπων καὶ θεοῦ μεσίτης γεγονώς, πρόπαλαι δὲ ἐπὶ Μωσέως θεοῦ καὶ ἀγγέλων μεσίτης ὑπάρχων; ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῖς γράφων, ὧδέ πη παραδιδοὺς λέγει ὁ μέγας ἀπόστολος »ὁ νόμος διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου.
What then is he, if none of these, but the only-begotten Son of God, who has now become mediator of men and God, and long ago, in the time of Moses, was mediator of God and angels? It is in this way, writing to them, that the great apostle hands it down when he says, “The law was ordained through angels by the hand of a mediator.”
ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν«. »εἷς« οὖν ἔστιν ὁ »θεός«, καὶ »εἷς μεσίτης θεοῦ« τε καὶ τῶν γενητῶν πάντων, οὐ νῦν ἀρξάμενος τῆς σωτηρίου μεσιτείας, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸ τῆς εἰς ἀνθρώπους αὐτοῦ θεοφανείας, ὥσπερ οὖν ὁ λόγος ἀπέδειξεν.
“But a mediator is not a mediator of one, whereas God is one.” So “God is one,” and there is “one mediator” between God and all created things. He did not begin this saving work of mediation only now. He was already mediator before his appearing as God among men, as the argument has shown.
τούτων δ’ ἐν βραχεῖ Γαλάταις αὐτοῖς ἐκ μόνης τῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐπιστολῆς παρατεθέντων, τῆς τε σωτηρίου πίστεως τὴν μυστικὴν [καὶ] ἀναγέννησιν »εἰς ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος« παρεχούσης, καὶ πρὸς τοῖς θείοις ἐγγράφοις τῆς ἀπὸ περάτων γῆς ἕως περάτων καθολικῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκκλησίας τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν θείων γραφῶν μαρτυρίας ἐξ ἀγράφου παραδόσεως ἐπισφραγιζομένης, ὥρα λοιπὸν καὶ τὰς Μαρκέλλου διασκέψασθαι λέξεις τῶν τε ἐπηγγελμένων ἡμῖν τὰς ἀποδείξεις ὑποσχεῖν, ὡς ἂν μή τις τὸν ἄνδρα συκοφαντεῖσθαι πρὸς ἡμῶν νομίσειεν.
These points have been set out briefly, using only the letter to the Galatians. That saving faith gives the mystical new birth “into the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit.” Besides the divine writings, God’s catholic Church, from one end of the earth to the other, seals the witness of the divine Scriptures with unwritten tradition. So it is now time to examine the words of Marcellus and to give the proofs of what we promised, so that no one will think the man is being slandered by us.
σκοποῦ δέ μοι προκειμένου διὰ βραχέων ἐκφῆναι τὰ εἰρημένα, οὐ πάσας ἀναλέξομαι τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τὰς φωνὰς, μόναις δὲ ταῖς συνεκτικαῖς χρήσομαι, τὰς πλείους ὡσανεὶ περιττὰς καὶ διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν χωρούσας ὑπερθησόμενος. πρὸ δὲ τῆς τῶν εἰρημένων ἀποδείξεως οἶμαι δεῖν ἐν πρώτοις παραστῆσαι τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσιν, ὅτι μηδὲ τὰς προχείρους λέξεις τῶν θείων ἐξηκρίβου ἀναγνωσμάτων, ὡς ἂν γνωσθῇ τοῖς ἔτ’ αὐτὸν ἀγνοοῦσιν ὁποῖός τις ὢν ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν εἰρημένων προήχθη τόλμαν.
My aim is to set out what was said in a short space. So I will not quote all the man’s words, but only those that hold his argument together. Most of the rest I will pass over as superfluous, since they run along the same lines. But before proving what I have said, I think I must first show readers that he did not even handle the plain wording of the divine Scriptures with accuracy. Then those who do not yet know him will see what kind of man he is, who was led on to the boldness of his claims.
Chapter 2
Αὐτίκα δ’ οὖν τοῦ προφήτου Ζαχαρίου κατὰ τοὺς τῆς ἐπανόδου χρόνους τῆς ἀπὸ Βαβυλῶνος γενομένου Ἰησοῦ τε μνημονεύσαντος τοῦ ἱερέως τοῦ μεγάλου, δηλαδὴ τοῦ υἱοῦ Ἰωσεδὲκ, ὃς ἅμα Ζοροβάβελ τῶν ἀπὸ Βαβυλῶνος ἐπανελθόντων ἡγήσατο, ὁ γενναῖος οὗτος καὶ θαυμαστὸς συγγραφεὺς ταῦτ’ ἀγνοήσας τίθησιν μὲν τοῦ Ζαχαρίου τὴν λέξιν δι’ ἧς μέμνηται τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, μακρὰν δὲ τῆς ἱστορίας ἀκοντισθεὶς λέγειν αὐτὸν ὑπείληφεν περὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Μωσέως διαδόχου.
Take this first example. The prophet Zechariah lived at the time of the return from Babylon, and he mentions Jesus the high priest, that is, the son of Josedek, who led the returning exiles together with Zerubbabel. This noble and admirable writer did not know this. He sets down Zechariah’s passage in which Jesus is mentioned, but he shoots far wide of the history and supposes that Zechariah is speaking about Jesus, the successor of Moses.
καὶ πάλιν τοῦ ἀποστόλου γράψαντος ἐν τῇ πρὸς Γαλάτας ἐπιστολῇ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον »ἡ δὲ ἄνω Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἐλευθέρα ἐστίν, ἥτις ἐστὶν μήτηρ ἡμῶν«, ἢ λάθετ’ ἢ οὐκ ἐνοήσεν ἢ καὶ ἑκὼν διαστρέφει τὸν λόγον. γράφων (No. 1) »ἡ δὲ ἡμετέρα Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἄνω ἐστίν· αὕτη γὰρ δουλεύει μετὰ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς«.
Again, the apostle wrote in the letter to the Galatians: “But the Jerusalem above is free, which is our mother.” Marcellus either missed this, or did not understand it, or else deliberately twists the statement. He writes: “But our Jerusalem is above; for this one is in slavery with her children.”
καὶ αὖθις τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν τῷ Πέτρῳ εἰρηκότος »ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, σατανᾶ, σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοί, ὅτι οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων«, οὐ συνεὶς ὅπως ὁ λόγος εἴρητο πρὸς τὸν ἀπόστολον καὶ διὰ ποίαν αἰτίαν, πρὸς τὸν διάβολον ταῦτα λελέχθαι φησίν. ὁμοῦ δὲ τοσαῦτα σφάλματα ὑπὸ μίαν τίθησιν περικοπὴν αὐτολεξεὶ τοῦτον γράφων τὸν τρόπον (No. 1) ὅτι οὐδὲν ὄνομα μεῖζον Ἰησοῦ τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὀνομασθέντων γέγονεν, μαρτυρεῖ μὲν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἔνθα »ὁ ἄγγελος« τῇ Μαριὰμ »μὴ φοβοῦ« ἔφη »εὗρες γὰρ χάριν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ. καὶ ἰδοὺ συλλήψῃ ἐν γαστρὶ καὶ τέξῃ υἱόν, καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν.
And once more, our Savior said to Peter: “Get behind me, Satan, you are a stumbling block to me, because you do not think the things of God but the things of men.” Marcellus did not understand how the statement was made to the apostle, or why, and says these words were spoken to the devil. He puts all these mistakes together in one passage, writing word for word as follows: “That no name among those named on earth has become greater than Jesus, the Gospel bears witness, where the angel said to Mary, ‘Do not be afraid, for you have found favor with God. And behold, you will conceive in the womb and bear a son, and you will call his name Jesus.
οὗτος ἔσται μέγας, καὶ υἱὸς ὑψίστου κληθήσεται«· δῆλον δέ ἐστιν καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ Ζαχαρίου προφητείας, πάλαι περὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος τούτου προφητευσάσης, »ἔδειξεν« γὰρ »μοι« φησὶν »κύριος Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἱερέα τὸν μέγαν, ἑστῶτα πρὸ προσώπου ἀγγέλου κυρίου. καὶ ὁ διάβολος εἱστήκει ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἀντικεῖσθαι αὐτῷ. καὶ εἶπεν κύριος πρὸς τὸν διάβολον· ἐπιτιμήσαι κύριος ἐν σοὶ ὁ ἐκλεξάμενος τὴν Ἱερουσαλήμ«.
He will be great, and will be called Son of the Most High.’ It is also clear from the prophecy of Zechariah, which long ago prophesied about this name. For he says, ‘The Lord showed me Jesus the great priest, standing before the angel of the Lord. And the devil stood at his right hand to oppose him. And the Lord said to the devil: May the Lord rebuke you, he who has chosen Jerusalem.’
πότε γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐπετίμησεν; ὅτε τὸν ἀγαπηθέντα ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἄνθρωπον τῷ ἑαυτοῦ συνῆψεν λόγῳ. »ὁ ἐκλεξάμενος« φησὶν »τὴν Ἱερουσαλήμ«, δηλονότι ταύτην τὴν ἡμετέραν, περὶ ἧς ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγει »ἡ δὲ ἡμετέρα Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἄνω ἐστίν· αὕτη γὰρ δουλεύει μετὰ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς«.
For when did he rebuke him? When he joined to his own Word the man whom he loved. ‘He who has chosen Jerusalem,’ he says, clearly meaning this Jerusalem of ours, about which the apostle says, ‘But our Jerusalem is above; for this one is in slavery with her children.’
τηνικαῦτα γὰρ ἐν τῇ μεγάλῃ αὐτῇ Ἱερουσαλήμ, τουτέστιν ἐν τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ ἐκκλησίᾳ, γενόμενος ἐπε τίμησεν τῷ διαβόλῳ κατὰ τὴν προφητείαν εἰπὼν »ἄπελθε ὀπίσω μου, σατανᾶ, ὅτι σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῖ«. οὗτος τοίνυν ἐστὶν ὁ ἱερεὺς ὁ μέγας, οὗ τύπον ἔσωζεν ὁ τηνικαῦτα Ἰησοῦς.
For at that time, when he was in that great Jerusalem, that is, in our Church, he rebuked the devil according to the prophecy, saying, ‘Go away from me, Satan, for you are a stumbling block to me.’ This, then, is the great priest, of whom the Jesus of that time preserved a type.
οὐ γὰρ ἦν δυνατὸν ἐκεῖνον μέγαν κληθῆναι ἱερέα, καίτοι ἔνδοξον ἐν πᾶσιν γεγονότα, Μωσέως μὴ ὀνομασθέντος μεγάλου (οὕπω γὰρ μέγας ἦν Μωσῆς, ὅτι καὶ θεράπων ἤκουσεν θεοῦ καὶ θεὸς τοῦ Φαραὼ ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ὠνομάσθη)
For it was not possible for that man to be called a great priest, although he had become glorious among all, unless Moses had first been called great. For Moses was not yet great, because he was called a servant of God, and was called by God himself a god to Pharaoh.”
εἰ δέ τις κατὰ τοῦτο μέγαν εἰρῆσθαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν νομίζοι, ὅτι αὐτὸς ἠξιώθη εἰσαγαγεῖν τὸν λαὸν εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν γῆν καὶ ἕτερα πολλὰ θαυμαστὰ ἐποίησεν, γνώτω καὶ διὰ τούτου, ὅτι οὐ τῷ τυπικῷ τοσοῦτον διέφερεν πράγματι τὸ λεχθὲν μέγεθος ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἀλλὰ τῷ μικρὸν ὕστερον τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λαὸν εἰς τὴν μεγάλην ταύτην Ἱερουσαλὴμ εἰσαγαγεῖν μέλλον〈τι〉. ὁρᾶς ὅσον ἠγνόησεν ἀποπλανηθεὶς τῆς ἱστορίας, καὶ μὴ δυνηθεὶς ἐπιστῆσαι τῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ προφήτου Ζαχαρίου δηλωθέντι Ἰησοῦ.
But suppose someone thinks Jesus was called “great” because he was counted worthy to bring the people into the holy land and did many other wonderful things. Let him know from this that the greatness spoken of in Jesus did not lie so much in the thing he prefigured. It lay in what was to come a little later: that he would bring his own people into this great Jerusalem. You see how much he did not know, having wandered away from the history, and how he could not give proper attention to the Jesus indicated by the prophet Zechariah.
ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἦν υἱὸς Ἰωσεδὲκ, φυλῆς Λευιτῶν ἀπὸ γένους Ἀαρὼν τὴν ἀρχιερωσύνην ἀναδεδεγμένος, παρ’ ὃ καὶ μέγας ἱερεὺς ἐχρημάτιζεν, ὥσπερ οὖν ὁ προφήτης διδάσκει λέγων καὶ ἔδειξέν μοι κύριος Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἱερέα τὸν μέγαν«.
For the one was the son of Josedek, of the tribe of Levi, who had taken up the high priesthood from the line of Aaron. For that reason he was also styled a great priest, as the prophet teaches when he says, “And the Lord showed me Jesus the priest, the great one.”
ὁ δὲ Μωσέως διάδοχος [υἱὸς μέν], ὁ εἰς τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἄγων τὸν λαὸν καὶ ἕτερα πολλὰ καὶ θαυμαστὰ ποιήσας, 〈υἱὸς μὲν⟩ ἐτύγχανεν τοῦ Ναυῆ, φυλῆς δὲ τῆς Ἐφραίμ, οὐδὲν κοινὸν ἐχούσης πρὸς ἱερωσύνην. ὁ τοίνυν τοσοῦτον ἀποσφαλεὶς τῆς προχείρου λέξεως ψιλήν τε τὴν ἱστορίαν ἀγνοήσας πῶς ἂν γένοιτο ἀξιόχρεως πρὸς διδασκαλίαν τῆς ἀνωτάτω θεολογίας; καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Πέτρου δὲ ὡσαύτως ἐπιστῆσαι δέον τὸ ὅπως ἐλέχθη πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸ »ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου«,
But the successor of Moses, who led the people into the land of promise and did many other wonderful things, was the son of Nave [Nun], of the tribe of Ephraim, which had nothing in common with the priesthood. So how could a man who has gone so far astray from the plain wording, and who does not know the bare history, be fit to teach the highest theology? In the case of Peter also, one ought likewise to examine how the words “Get behind me” were said to him,
καὶ τίς ἡ τοῦ σατανᾶ ὀνόματος ἑρμηνεία, διὰ τί δὲ καὶ »σκάνδαλον« αὐτὸν εἶπεν, πῶς δὲ σχεδὸν ὑφ’ ἕνα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν καὶ τὸ »μακάριος εἶ Σίμων βὰρ Ἰωνᾶ« πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλέγετο καὶ τὸ »ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, σατανᾶ«,
and what the name “Satan” means, and why he also called him a “stumbling block,” and how, at almost one and the same time, both “Blessed are you, Simon bar Jonah” and “Get behind me, Satan” were said to him,
καὶ τίς ἡ διάνοια τοῦ »ὀπίσω πορεύεσθαι« [καὶ] τοῦ σωτῆρος (ἢν παρὰ πόδας αὐτὸς διεσάφησεν συνάψας ἑξῆς τὸ »εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν, ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι«· ὃ δὴ καὶ ἔργῳ διεπράξατο μικρὸν ὕστερον αὐτὸς ὁ Πέτρος, μαρτυρίῳ τελειωθείς),
and what is the meaning of “going behind” the Saviour. (He himself made this clear right away by adding next, “If anyone wishes to come after me, let him deny himself and take up his cross and follow me.” Peter himself did this in deed a little later, when he was perfected by martyrdom.)
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπιζητῆσαι δέον ἐπὶ ποίοις μὲν αὐτὸν ἐμακάρισεν, ἐπὶ ποίοις δὲ αὐτῷ ἐπέπληξεν· ὁ δὲ μηδενὶ τούτων προσεσχηκὼς ταῦτ’ εἰρῆσθαι πρὸς τὸν διάβολον ἀπεφήνατο τῆς γραφῆς ἐναντίως.
One ought also to ask for what reasons he pronounced Peter blessed and for what reasons he rebuked him. But Marcellus paid attention to none of this, and declared, contrary to Scripture, that these words were spoken to the devil.
ἆρα οὖν τοῦτο μόνον ἠγνόησεν; οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ προϊὼν αὖθις, τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν μνημονεύσας, ἔπειτα βουληθεὶς δεῖξαι ὅτι καὶ πρὸ αὐτοῦ κατὰ τοὺς χρόνους τοὺς προφητικοὺς φέρεταί τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγηγερμένος, πάλιν κἀνταῦθα σφάλλεται, πρῶτον λέγων Ἐλισσαῖον τὸν προφήτην ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγεῖραι· ἀγνοήσας ὡς καὶ πρὸ Ἐλισσαίου Ἠλίας ὁ μέγας τὸν τῆς χήρας υἱὸν ἀποθανόντα ἀνέστησεν, ὡς ἔστιν μαθεῖν ἐκ τῆς τρίτης τῶν Βασιλειῶν;
Was this, then, the only thing he did not know? Going on further, he mentions the resurrection of our Saviour. Then he wants to show that even before him, in the prophetic times, someone is recorded as having been raised from the dead. Here again he stumbles, saying first that the prophet Elisha raised someone from the dead. He did not know that even before Elisha, the great Elijah raised the widow’s son who had died, as one can learn from the third book of Kingdoms.
ὁ δὲ καὶ τοῦτ’ ἀγνοήσας φαίνεται, δι’ ὧν ταῦθ’ οὕτως γράφει (Nr. 2) οὐ μόνον τοίνυν τῆς »καινῆς κτίσεως« πρωτότοκον αὐτὸν ὁ ἀπόστολος εἶναι φησίν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρωτότοκον »ἐκ νεκρῶν«, δι’ οὐδὲν ἕτερον, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν, ἀλλ’ ἵνα διὰ τοῦ πρωτοτόκου »τῶν νεκρῶν«, ὅπως καὶ »πρωτότοκος ἁπάσης κτίσεως« εἴρηται, γνωσθῆναι δυνηθῇ. οὐ γὰρ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀνέστη πρῶτος ὁ δεσπότης ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστός· ἀλλ’ ὁ δι’ Ἐλισσαίου τοῦ προφήτου ἀναστὰς ἀνέστη πρότερος, καὶ Λάζαρος δὲ πρὸ τῆς αὐτοῦ ἀναστάσεως ἀνέστη, καὶ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τοῦ πάθους »πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων« ἀνέστησαν.
That he did not know this is evident from the way he writes the following (no. 2): “The apostle says, then, that he is firstborn not only of the ‘new creation’ but also firstborn ‘from the dead.’ In my opinion this is for no other reason than that, through the firstborn ‘of the dead,’ it might be possible to understand how he is also called ‘firstborn of all creation.’ For our Lord Jesus Christ was not the first to rise from the dead. The man raised through the prophet Elisha rose earlier, and Lazarus rose before his resurrection, and at the time of the passion ‘many bodies of those who had fallen asleep’ were raised.”
καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ἀθεωρήτως δοκεῖ μοι τεθεικέναι ὁ Μάρκελλος, λέγω δὲ τὸ »πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων« πρὸ αὐτοῦ ἐγεγέρθαι. οὐ γὰρ προσέσχεν ὄλῃ τῇ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου γραφῇ διδασκούσῃ, ὅτι »μετὰ τὴν 〈ἔγερσιν〉 αὐτοῦ« τὰ τῶν ἁγίων ἐγήγερται σώματα.
Marcellus also seems to me to have stated this without proper consideration, I mean that “many bodies of the holy ones who had fallen asleep” were raised before him. For he did not pay attention to the whole text of the Gospel, which teaches that the bodies of the saints were raised “after his [resurrection].”
εὕροις δ’ ἂν αὐτὸν σφαλλόμενον καὶ ἐν τῇ τοῦ ἀποστολικοῦ ῥητοῦ ἐκθέσει. ὁ μὲν γὰρ θεῖος ἀπόστολος Ῥωμαίοις γράφων τάδε φησὶν »ἀφωρισμένος εἰς εὐαγγέλιον θεοῦ, ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν γραφαῖς ἁγίαις περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυὶδ κατὰ σάρκα, τοῦ ὁρισθέντος υἱοῦ θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει κατὰ πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης«.
You would also find him going wrong in his setting out of the apostle’s statement. For the divine apostle, writing to the Romans, says this: “set apart for the gospel of God, which he promised beforehand through his prophets in holy writings, concerning his Son, who came from the seed of David according to the flesh, who was appointed Son of God in power according to the Spirit of holiness.”
ὁ δέ. οὐκ οἶδα ποίᾳ διανοίᾳ, κἀνταῦθα διαστρέφει τὴν ἀποστολικὴν λέξιν. ἀντὶ τοῦ »ὁρισθέντος« ποιήσας προορισθέντος, ἵν’ ᾗ ὅμοιος τοῖς »κατὰ πρόγνωσιν« προορισθεῖσιν.
But he, I do not know with what intention, twists the apostle’s wording here too. In place of “appointed” he makes it “predestined,” so that he may be like those who are predestined “according to foreknowledge.”
λέγει οὖν κατὰ λέξιν οὕτως (Nr. 16) ὥσπερ οὗν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν πάλαι προωρίσατο ὁ παντοκράτωρ θεός, οὕ〈τω〉 καὶ τὴν κατὰ σάρκα τοῦ Χριστοῦ οἰκονομίαν, δι’ οὗ τὸ τῶν θεοσεβῶν γένος »εἰς υἱοθεσίαν« καλέσαι προωρίσατο, πρότερον θεμελιώσας ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ διανοίᾳ. διὰ τοῦτο ὁ ἀπόστολος τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι σαφῶς προαγορεύει »τοῦ προορισθέντος υἱοῦ θεοῦ« λέγων. καὶ αὐθίς φησιν ἐν ἑτέροις (Nr. 109) οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ ὁ Παῦλος ἔφη »τοῦ προορισθέντος υἱοῦ θεοῦ«.
He says, then, word for word (no. 16): “Just as the almighty God long ago predestined the church, so also he predestined the economy of Christ according to the flesh, through whom he predestined to call the race of the godly ‘to adoption as sons,’ having first laid its foundation in his own mind. For this reason the apostle, with the Holy Spirit, plainly speaks beforehand of ‘the predestined Son of God.’” And again he says in another place (no. 109): “This is the one about whom Paul said, ‘the predestined Son of God.’”
καὶ ἐνταῦθα δὲ οὐ τὴν λέξιν μόνην τὴν ἀποστολικὴν παρέφθειρεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτὴν διὰ τῆς προσθήκης τῆς τοῦ πρὸ προθέσεως. ἀδελφὰ δὲ τούτοις πράττων, τῆς ψαλμῳδίας περιεχούσης »ἐκ γαστρὸς πρὸ ἑωσφόρου ἐγέννησά σε«, ὁ δὲ κἀνταῦθα προσθήκῃ κέχρηται τῇ μηδαμῶς ἐμφερομένῃ πρὸς τὸ καταμέμφεσθαι τῷ μὴ ὁμοίως αὐτῷ φάσκοντι.
Here too he corrupted not only the apostle’s wording but its very sense, by adding the preposition “before.” He does the same thing with the psalm, which says “from the womb, before the morning star, I begot you.” There again he uses an addition that is nowhere found in the text, so that he can find fault with the man who does not speak as he does.
ἐπάκουσον οὖν ὅπως γράφει λέγων (Nr. 23) διὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν δοκεῖ μοι καλῶς ἔχειν ἔτι περὶ ὧν μηδέπω πρότερον διῆλθον νυνὶ διελθεῖν.
Listen, then, to how he writes: “For this reason it seems to me good now to go through matters I have not yet discussed.”
τὰ γὰρ πλεῖστα τῶν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ γραφέντων ἐκ τῶν ἤδη προειρημένων ἡμῖν γέγονεν δῆλα. »ἐκ γαστρὸς« φησὶν »πρὸ ἑωσφόρου ἐξεγέννησά σε« ᾤετο γὰρ πάντως που τὴν ἐξ πρόθεσιν κλαπεῖσαν συνδραμεῖσθαι τῇ τῆς αἱρέσεως γνώμῃ. διὸ τὸ κυριώτατον τῆς συλλαβῆς ἐξελὼν τὴν ἀρχαίαν αὐτοῦ ἀναγέννησιν σημῆναι ἐβουλήθη. καὶ ἐπειδήπερ ἐν τούτοις ἰσχυρῶς διετείνατο περὶ τοῦ οἰκείου σφάλματος τὸν ὀρθῶς γράψαντα μεμψάμενος, οὐδὲν αὐτὸς εἰπών, τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσιν τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀναγνώσεως παραδίδωσι μαρτυρίαν.
Most of what he has written has already become clear from what we have said. “From the womb,” he says, “before the morning star I begot you out.” He supposed that the stolen preposition “out” would surely agree with the view of his heresy. So he removed the most important part of the syllable, because he wanted to indicate the Son’s ancient regeneration. And since he argued strongly on these points, blaming the man who had written correctly for his own mistake, though he himself had said nothing of the kind, he hands readers the same testimony of the reading.
προϊὼν δ’ αὖθις ὁ αὐτὸς εἰσάγει τὸν σωτῆρα λέγοντα »ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἡμέρα«, ὧδέ πη φάσκων (Nr. 25) σκότους γὰρ ὄντος πρότερον διὰ τὴν τῆς θεοσεβείας ἄγνοιαν, τῆς δὲ ἡμέρας φαίνεσθαι μελλούσης (»ἐγὼ« γάρ »εἰμι« φησὶν »ἡ ἡμέρα«) εἰκότως τὸν ἀστέρα ἑωσφόρον ὀνομάζει.
Going on, the same man again brings in the Savior saying “I am the day,” and he speaks somewhat like this: “For since there was darkness before, because of ignorance of true religion, and the day was about to appear (‘For I am,’ he says, ‘the day’), he reasonably calls the star the morning star.”
καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ τόπῳ φησὶν (Nr. 37) ἐπειδὴ [τὴν] μετὰ τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς ἀνάληψιν Χριστός τε καὶ Ἰησοῦς κηρύττεται, ζωή τε καὶ ὁδὸς καὶ ἡμέρα. καὶ αὖθις προϊὼν τοῦ ἀποστόλου τίθησιν τὸ (Nr. 1) »ἡ δὲ ἡμετέρα Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἄνω ἐστίν«.
And in another place he says: “Since after the taking up of the flesh he is proclaimed as Christ and Jesus, and as life and way and day.” And going on again he sets down the apostle’s words: “But our Jerusalem is above.”
καὶ τί με δεῖ μηκύνειν, παρὸν τῷ βουλομένῳ ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων τὰ παραπλήσια ἐκ τοῦ παντὸς συγγράμματος ἀναλέγεσθαι καὶ τὸ εὐχερὲς τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἐποπτεύειν. ἐξ ἧς εὐχερείας ἀκούσει αὐτοῦ τὸν Σολομῶνα προφήτην ἀποκαλοῦντος πολλάκις καὶ τὰς Παροιμίας προφητείας ὀνομάζοντος·
Why should I go on at length, when anyone who wishes can gather similar things from the whole treatise, from what has been said, and see the man’s recklessness? From this recklessness you will hear him often call Solomon a prophet and call the Proverbs prophecies.
ὥσπερ οὖν ἐν οἷς [Greek lost here; only the Latin survives] τούτου γὰρ χάριν ὁ ἁγιώτατος προφήτης Σολομὼν »δέξασθαί τε στροφὰς λόγων« ἔφη, καὶ πάλιν »ῥήσεις τε σοφῶν καὶ αἰνίγματα« τὴν παροιμίαν προφητείαν ὀνομάζει, καὶ αὖθις (Nr. 111) διό μοι δοκεῖ ὁ σοφώτατος οὗτος προφήτης καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ῥήματα τῆς προφητείας παροιμιωδῶς εἰρηκέναι.
For example, where he says: “For this reason the most holy prophet Solomon said, ‘to receive the turns of words,’ and again, ‘the sayings of the wise and riddles,’” he calls the proverb prophecy. And again: “Therefore this very wise prophet seems to me to have spoken the first words of the prophecy in proverbs.”
καὶ δεύτερον δὲ καὶ τρίτον καὶ πολλάκις, ὡς ἔφην, τοῦτο ποιεῖ, ἀγνοῶν ὅτι »διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσὶν« εἰ καὶ τὸ »αὐτὸ πνεῦμα« καὶ ἄλλῳ μὲν »δίδοται λόγος σοφίας« κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον. »ἄλλῳ λόγος γνώσεως κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα, ἑτέρῳ πίστις ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι, ἄλλῳ προφητείαι. διόπερ ὁ Σολομὼν σοφίας μὲν εἰληφὼς χάρισμα μεμαρτύρηται·
And, as I said, he does this a second and a third time, and many times, not knowing that “there are distributions of gifts,” even if it is “the same Spirit,” and that, according to the apostle, to one “is given a word of wisdom,” “to another a word of knowledge according to the same Spirit, to another faith in the same Spirit, to others prophecies.” So Solomon is attested as having received the gift of wisdom.
»καὶ ἔδωκεν γὰρ κύριος τῷ Σολομῶνι σοφίαν« , ὡς ἡ γραφή φησιν. »καὶ ἐσοφίσθη ὑπὲρ πάντας ἀνθρώπους«· οὕτε δὲ τὸν βίον προφητικὸν ἐσχηκὼς οὕτε τὸν τῆς προφητείας χαρακτῆρα, τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ »τάδε λέγει κύριος« τῶν τε ὁμοιοτρόπων γνωριζόμενον, διὰ τῶν οἰκείων ἐμφαίνει λόγων.
For, as the Scripture says, “the Lord gave Solomon wisdom,” “and he was made wiser than all men.” But he neither lived a prophet’s life, nor does he show in his own words the mark of prophecy, which is recognized by “Thus says the Lord” and similar phrases.
ὁ δὲ τούτων οὐδὲν ἰδών, ὥσπερ τι χαριζόμενος τῷ ἀνδρὶ προφήτην αὐτὸν καλεῖ, οὐ συνιεὶς ὅτι οἱ προφῆται »περιῆλθον ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγείοις δέρμασιν, ὑστερούμενοι. θλιβόμενοι, κακουχούμενοι«. καὶ τὰς Παροιμίας δὲ αὐτοῦ προφητείαν εἶναι λέγει, [εἰ] μηδαμοῦ τῆς θείας γραφῆς διδασκούσης, αὐτοῦ δὲ τοῦ σοφωτάτου σὺν θείῳ πνεύματι ταύτῃ μὲν τῇ βίβλῳ ΠΑΡΟΙΜΙΑΙ ὄνομα θέντος, τῇ δὲ ἑτέρα ΕΚΚΛΙΣΙΑΣΙΑΣΤΗΣ καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ΑΙΣΜΑΤΑ ΑΙΣΜΑΤΩΝ,
But Marcellus, seeing none of this, calls him a prophet, as though doing the man a favor. He does not understand that the prophets “went about in sheepskins, in goatskins, destitute, afflicted, ill-treated.” He also says that his Proverbs are a prophecy, though the divine Scripture nowhere teaches this. The wisest man himself, with the divine Spirit, gave this book the name PROVERBS, the second ECCLESIASTES, and the third SONG OF SONGS.
οὐκ ἀθεεὶ οὐδ’ ἀνθρωπίνῳ λογισμῷ ταύταις ἐπιβάλλοντος ταῖς ἐπηγορίαις. ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν θεόπνευστον αὐτοῦ γραφὴν δι’ Ἑλληνικῶν πειρᾶται παραδειγμάτων ἑρμηνεύειν. οὐκ ἐπακούσας Παύλου τοῦ ἀποστόλου λέγοντος »ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ κόσμου ἐλάβομεν ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα ἴδωμεν τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ χαρισθέντα ἡμῖν· ἃ καὶ λαλοῦμεν οὐκ ἐν διδακτοῖς ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας λόγοις, ἀλλ’ ἐν διδακτοῖς πνεύματος ἁγίου, πνευματικὰ ‹πνευματικοῖς› συγκρίνοντες. ψυχικὸς δὲ ἄνθρωπος οὐ δέχεται τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ θεοῦ· μωρία γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐστιν. καὶ οὐ δύναται γνῶναι, ὅτι πνευματικῶς ἀνακρίνεται«. καὶ ταῦτα δὲ ἀγνοήσας ὁ γενναῖος πειρᾶται ἡμῖν ἐξ Ἑλληνικῶν ἀναγνωσμάτων τὴν τῶν θείων Παροιμιῶν διάνοιαν παρατιθέναι, τοῦτον γράφων αὐτοῖς ῥήμασιν τὸν τρόπον
He did not give these titles without God, or by merely human reasoning. Yet Marcellus tries to explain even this God-inspired writing of his by Greek examples. He has not listened to the apostle Paul, who says: “We received not the spirit of the world but the Spirit that is from God, so that we may know the things freely given to us by God. These things we also speak, not in words taught by human wisdom, but in words taught by the Holy Spirit, comparing spiritual things with spiritual. But the natural man does not receive the things of the Spirit of God, for they are foolishness to him. And he cannot know them, because they are spiritually discerned.” Ignorant of this as well, the noble fellow tries to set before us the meaning of the divine Proverbs from Greek reading, writing in these very words as follows:
Chapter 3
(Nr. 112) Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἄτοπον. οἶμαι, ἐν τῷ παρόντι ὀλίγον τῶν ἔξωθεν ὑπομνῆσαί σε παροιμιῶν. ΑΛΛ’ Η ΤΕΘΝΗΚΕΝ Η ΔΙΔΑΣΚΕΙ ΓΡΑΜΜΑΤΑ. ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν πρὸς μὲν τὸ φαινόμενον τοῦ γράμματος ὑπολάβοι ἄν τις κατὰ τῶν γράμματα διδασκόντων εἰρῆσθαι· ἐπεὶ καὶ ἕτερός τις τῶν παρ’ αὐτοῖς »ἐδίδασκες γράμματα, ἐγὼ δ’ ἐφοίτων« ἔφη. τὸ δ’ οὐχ οὕτως ἔχειν οἱ τὰ ὑπομνήματα γράψαντες ἔφασαν· ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ Ἀθηναίους Σικελιῶται, φασίν, πολέμῳ νικήσαντες μόνους ἔσωζον τοὺς παιδείαν σκηπτομένους, διδασκάλους αὐτοὺς τοῖς παισὶν ἄγοντες, τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους πάντας ἐφόνευον, ἐξ αὐτῶν δή τινας φυγόντας καὶ ἐπανελθόντας ἐρωτωμένους τε ὑπὸ Ἀθηναίων περί τινων διαφερόντων αὐτοῖς ἔφασαν εἰρηκέναι ΑΛΛ’ Η TEΘΝΗΚΕΝ. Η ΔΙΔΑΣΚΕΙ ΓΡΑΜΜΑΤΑ.

⚑ Possible scanning error in the digital Greek (TEΘΝΗΚΕΝ.). Check it against the printed edition.

“For it is not out of place, I think, to remind you briefly at this point of some proverbs from outside the Scriptures. ‘EITHER HE IS DEAD, OR HE TEACHES LETTERS.’ At first sight of the wording, someone might take this proverb to be said against those who teach letters, since another of their writers also said, ‘You were teaching letters, and I was attending.’ But those who wrote the commentaries said it is not so. They say that when the Sicilians defeated the Athenians in war, they spared only those who claimed to have education, and put them to work teaching their children, while they killed all the others. Some of these men escaped and came back, and when the Athenians asked them about certain people they cared about, they reportedly answered, ‘EITHER HE IS DEAD, OR HE TEACHES LETTERS.’”
τί δὲ καὶ τὸ ΑΙΞ ΤΗΝ ΜΑΧΑΙΡΑΝ; νομίσειεν ἄν τις [εἰρῆσθαι], ἵνα θῶ πρότερον τὰ περὶ αὐτῆς λεγόμενα, πάντως που διὰ ‹τὸ› τὴν θυομένην αἶγα εἰς τὴν μάχαιραν ἀφορᾶν εἰρῆσθαι τὴν παροιμίαν. ἀλλ’ οὔτι γε τοῦτ’ ἔφασαν οἱ παλαιοί· οὐδὲ γὰρ παροιμία ἦν ἂν ἡ λεχθεῖσα, εἴγε τοῦθ’ οὕτως εἶχεν (τοῦτο γὰρ ἀκόλουθον ἦν ἐκ τῶν φαινομένων ἐννοεῖν), ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τῶν ἑαυτοῖς κακὰ προξενούντων εἰρῆσθαι τοῦτό φασιν. φασὶν γὰρ Μήδειαν ἐν Κορίνθω τὰ τέκνα ἀποκτείνασαν κατακρύψαι τὴν μάχαιραν αὐτόθι· τοὺς δὲ Κορινθίους κατὰ χρησμὸν αὐτοῖς δοθέντα αἶγα μέλαιναν ἐναγίζοντας ἀπορεῖν μαχαίρας, τὴν δὲ αἶγα σκάλλουσαν τῷ ποδὶ τὴν Μηδείας ἀνευρεῖν μάχαιραν καὶ αὐτῇ τυθῆναι.
“And what about ‘THE GOAT—THE KNIFE’? Let me first set down what is said about it. Someone might suppose the proverb was said simply because the goat that is sacrificed looks to the knife. But the ancients did not say that. If that were the meaning, it would not be a proverb at all, since this would be the natural thing to think from the surface of the words. They say instead that it is said of people who bring evils upon themselves. For they say that Medea, after killing her children in Corinth, hid the knife there. The Corinthians, following an oracle given to them, were offering a black goat in sacrifice to the dead but could not find a knife. The goat, scratching with its foot, uncovered Medea’s knife, and was sacrificed with it.”
τί δὲ τὸ ΑΛΙΣ ΔΡΥΟΣ σημαίνει; φησί τις· οὐ γὰρ δυνατὸν ἐκ τοῦ προχείρου γιγνώσκειν τὴν παροιμίαν. οἱ παλαιοί, ὡς ἔφασαν, πρὸ τῆς τοῦ σίτου γεωργίας βαλανηφαγοῦντες, ἐπειδὴ ὡς ᾤοντο ὁ καρπὸς οὗτος ὕστερον εὑρέθη, ἐκείνῳ προσέχοντες τὸν νοῦν καὶ τῇ μεταβολῇ προσχαίροντες ΑΛΙΣ ΔΡΥΟΣ ἔλεγον· καὶ τοῦτο τὴν παροιμίαν ἔφασαν εἶναι.
“And what does ‘ENOUGH OF THE OAK’ mean? Someone asks, for it is not possible to know the proverb from the obvious sense. The ancients, as they said, lived on acorns before the cultivation of grain. When this other fruit was discovered later, as they supposed, they turned their attention to it and rejoiced in the change, and said ‘ENOUGH OF THE OAK.’ And they said this was the proverb.”
αὖθίς τε ἑτέρας παροιμίας ὑπὸ πλείστων τῶν παρ’ αὐτοῖς σοφῶν ἐν πλείστοις καὶ διαφόροις βιβλίοις εἰρημένης, τίνα περὶ αὐτῆς γεγράφασιν οἱ τὰς παροιμίας ἑρμηνεῦσαι προελόμενοι ἀναγ καῖον ἐν τῷ παρόντι μνημονεῦσαι, * * * ἀλλ’ ἵν’ ἐλέχξωμεν Ἀστέριον, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἔξωθεν αὐτὸν μαθημάτων εἰδότα μὲν ἀκριβῶς τὸ τῆς παροιμίας ἐξαίρετον, ἐν δὲ τῷ παρόντι ἄγνοιαν προσποιηθέντα, ἵνα τὸ ἑαυτοῦ βούλημα διὰ τῆς τοῦ παροιμιώδους ῥητοῦ χρήσεως πιθανῶς κατασκευάζειν δόξῃ. ἔστιν δὲ ΓΛΑΥΚΟΥ ΤΕΧΝΗ. ταύτης οἱ ἔξωθεν σοφοὶ τῆς παροιμίας μνημονεύσαντες διαφόρως αὐτὴν ἐξηγήσαντο.
Again, there is another proverb, spoken by very many of their wise men in very many different books. It is necessary at this point to recall what those who undertook to explain proverbs have written about it, * * * but in order that we may expose Asterius, who from this outside learning knew precisely what is distinctive about the proverb, yet at this point pretended ignorance, so that by using the proverbial saying he might seem to make his own purpose convincing. It is ‘THE ART OF GLAUCUS.’ The wise men outside the faith who mentioned this proverb explained it in different ways.
ὁ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν τις ἔφη, Γλαῦκόν τινα ἐπιστήμονα τέχνης τινὸς γεγονότα † πολλῶν οὖσαν θαυμασιωτάτην, ἀπολέσθαι ἄμα ἐκείνῳ κατὰ θάλατταν, μηδενός πω διακηκοότος αὐτῆς. ἕτερος δέ, τὴν ἐπ’ ἄκρον μουσικῆς ἐμπειρίαν μαρτυρήσας τῷ Γλαύκῳ. τοὺς κατασκευασθέντας ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ δίσκους χαλκοῦς φησιν τέσσαρας, πρὸς τὸ ἐμμελῆ τινα τῆς κρούσεως τὴν συμφωνίαν τῶν φθόγγων ἀποτελεῖν· ἔνθεν τε εἰρῆσθαι τὴν παροιμίαν.
One of them said that a certain Glaucus had become skilled in some art [† most wonderful of many †], and that he perished at sea together with it, before anyone had yet learned it from him. Another, testifying to Glaucus’s supreme experience in music, says that he made four bronze disks which produced a tuneful harmony of notes when struck, and that the proverb arose from this.
ἄλλος δέ τις Ἀλυαττικῶν ἀναθημάτων φησὶν ἀνακεῖσθαι κρατῆρα καὶ ὑποκρατήριον θαυμάσιον, Γλαύκου Χίου ποίημα. ἕτερος δέ. Γλαῦκον αὐτὸν ἀναθεῖναι εἰς Δελφοὺς τρίποδα χαλκοῦν, οὕτω δημιουργήσαντα τοῖς † παχέως τε κρουομένου, τούς τε πόδας, ἐφ’ ὧν βέβηκεν, καὶ τὸ ἄνω περικείμενον καὶ τὴν στεφάνην τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ λέβητος καὶ τὰς ῥάβδους διὰ μέσου τεταγμένας φθέγγεσθαι λύρας φωνῇ. καὶ αὖθις ἕτερος, ἀπὸ Γλαύκου τινὸς δόξαντός τι πλέον πεποιηκέναι εἰρῆσθαι τὴν παροιμίαν.
Another of them says that among the offerings dedicated at the Alyattic treasures there stands a wonderful mixing-bowl and stand, the work of Glaucus of Chios. Another says that Glaucus himself dedicated a bronze tripod at Delphi, and made it so that [† when struck heavily †], the feet on which it stands, the part set above them, the rim around the cauldron, and the rods set through the middle all sounded with the voice of a lyre. And yet another says the proverb comes from a certain Glaucus who was thought to have achieved something extraordinary.
ὁρᾶς, ὅπως τὸ δυσχερὲς τῆς παροιμίας καὶ διὰ τούτου δείκνυται, διὰ τοῦ μηδὲ ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἑρμηνείας στῆναι τοὺς τὴν παροιμίαν ταύτην ἐξηγήσασθαι βουληθέντας. οὕτως δυσεύρετόν τι πρᾶγμα τὸ τῆς παροιμίας καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἔξωθεν εἶναι δοκεῖ. διὸ καί τις τῶν παρ’ αὐτοῖς σοφῶν συναγαγὼν τὰς ὑπὸ πολλῶν καὶ διαφόρως λεχθείσας παροιμίας, εἰς αὐτὰς γέγραφεν ἕξ βιβλία, δύο μὲν τῶν ‹ἐμ›μέτρων, τῶν δὲ ἀμέτρων τέσσαρα.
You see how the difficulty of the proverb is shown by this very fact, that those who wanted to explain it did not settle on the same interpretation. So hard to discover is the meaning of the proverb, even among outsiders. This is why one of their wise men collected the proverbs spoken by many people in different ways and wrote six books on them, two in verse and four in prose.
ταύτας δὲ παροιμίας ὠνόμασαν οἱ ἔξωθεν δι’ οὐδὲν ἕτερον, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν, ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ ταῖς τοῦ σοφωτάτου Σολομῶνος Παροιμίαις ἐντυχόντες καὶ γνόντες δι’ αὐτῶν ὅτι οὐδέν ἐστιν ἐκ τοῦ προχείρου σαφῶς τῶν ἐν αὐταῖς εἰρημένων μαθεῖν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ζηλῶσαι τὸ προφητικὸν βουληθέντες γράμμα τὸν αὐτὸν ἐκείνῳ γεγράφασι τρόπον. εἶτα ὡς μηδὲν ἕτερον ὄνομα κυριώτερον ἐκείνου ἐπινοῆσαι δυνηθέντες καὶ ταύτας παροιμίας ὠνόμασαν.
These outsiders called them proverbs, I think, for no other reason than this: they came across the Proverbs of the very wise Solomon and learned from them that nothing said in them can be clearly understood from the surface. Wanting to imitate the prophetic writing, they wrote in the same manner. Then, being unable to think of any more fitting name than that one, they named these collections proverbs too.
διὰ τοιούτων Μάρκελλος παραθέσεων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ θεοῦ διδάσκειν τὰς θεοπνεύστους νοεῖν πειρᾶται γραφάς. ὅλην δὲ ταύτην παρεθέμην τὴν μακρὰν καὶ ἀδόλεσχον περιττολογίαν δεῖξαι βουλόμενος αὐτοῦ τὴν ἄνοιαν τῆς πολλῆς καὶ ἀκαίρου φιλοτιμίας, ᾗ κέχρηται ὁ ἀνήρ, τῶν μὲν Ἑλληνικῶν λόγων ἐπιδεικτικῶς, τῶν δὲ θείων ἀμνημόνως.
By such comparisons Marcellus tries to teach the church of God to understand the God-inspired Scriptures. I have set out this whole long, chattering excess of words because I wanted to show the folly of the man’s great and ill-timed ambition: he is eager to show off with Greek writings, while forgetting the divine ones.
οὐ γὰρ ἄν ποτε εἰς τοσαύτην ἐξέπιπτε φλυαρίαν, εἰ τῶν ἀποστολικῶν ἐμέμνητο παραγγελμάτων, δι’ ὧν παραινεῖ χρῆναι »τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ χαρισθέντα ἡμῖν « λαλεῖν ὐκ ἐν διδακτοῖς ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας λόγοις, ἀλλ’ ἐν διδακτοῖς πνεύματος, πνευματικὰ πνευματικοῖς συγκρίνοντας« ,
He would never have fallen into such foolish talk if he had remembered the apostolic commands. There the apostle urges us to speak “the things freely given to us by God” not in words taught by human wisdom, but in words taught by the Spirit, “interpreting spiritual things to spiritual people.”
οὐδὲ νοήσας ὅπως ἐλέχθη τὸ ψυχικὸς ἄνθρωπος οὐ δέχεται τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ θεοῦ, μωρία γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐστίν, καὶ οὐ δύναται γνῶναι, ὅτι πνευματικῶς ἀνακρίνεται«. ταῦτα δὲ ἀγνοήσας τοὺς Ἑλλήνων σοφοὺς ὑπέλαβεν γνῶσιν ἐσχηκέναι τῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ Σολομῶνι χαρισθείσης σοφίας καὶ γνόντας ζηλῶσαι τὸ προφητικόν, ὡς αὐτός φησιν, γράμμα.
Nor did he understand how it was said, “The natural man does not receive the things of the Spirit of God, for they are foolishness to him, and he cannot know them, because they are spiritually discerned.” Because he did not understand this, he supposed that the wise men of the Greeks had knowledge of the wisdom God gave to Solomon, and that, having learned it, they eagerly imitated the prophetic writing, as he puts it.
καὶ πῶς οἷοί τ’ ἦσαν γνῶναι τὰ θεῖα καὶ ζηλῶσαι οἱ ψυχικοὶ καὶ οὐκ εἰδότες »πνευματικὰ πνευματικοῖς« συγκρίνειν, τοῦ θείου ἀποστόλου ἀποφηναμένου ψυχικὸν ἄνθρωπον μὴ δέχεσθαι τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ θεοῦ« ; τοῦ δ’ αὐτοῦ φήσαντος μὴ δύνασθαι γνῶναι τὸν ψυχικὸν τὰ πνευματικά, »ὅτι πνευματικῶς ἀνακρίνεται«, ἀντιδοξάζων ὁ γενναῖος τῷ ἀποστόλῳ φάσκει τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον τῷ Σολομῶνι γεγραφέναι τοὺς τὰς Ἑλληνικὰς παροιμίας πεποιημένους.
How could they have understood the things of God and imitated them, when they were natural men who did not know how to interpret “spiritual things to spiritual people”? The divine apostle declared that the natural man does not receive the things of the Spirit of God. The same apostle said that the natural man cannot know spiritual things, “because they are spiritually discerned.” Yet this noble fellow contradicts the apostle and says that the makers of the Greek proverbs wrote in the same manner as Solomon.
λέγει δ’ οὖν ἐπὶ λέξεως (Nr. 112) ἐπειδὴ ταῖς τοῦ σοφωτάτου Σολομῶνος Παροιμίαις ἐντυχόντες καὶ γνόντες δι’ αὐτῶν ὅτι οὐδέν ἐστιν ἐκ τοῦ προχείρου σαφῶς τῶν ἐν αὐταῖς εἰρημένων μαθεῖν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ζηλῶσαι τὸ προφητικὸν βουληθέντες γράμμα τὸν αὐτὸν ἐκείνῳ γεγράφασι τρόπον. σκέψαι δὲ καὶ ἄλλως ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν παραθέσεων ὅσον τῆς ἀληθείας διήμαρτεν, εἰπὼν τοὺς παρ’ Ἕλλησιν τὸν αὐτὸν τῷ Σολομῶνι γεγραφέναι τρόπον.
Here are his exact words: “since they came upon the Proverbs of the most wise Solomon, and saw from them that nothing said in them can be clearly learned from the surface, they too, wishing to imitate the prophetic writing, wrote in the same manner as he did.” But consider from his own quotations, in another way, how far he has missed the truth in saying that the Greeks wrote in the same manner as Solomon.
ὁ μὲν γὰρ Σολομὼν θεοδωρήτῳ σοφίᾳ κινούμενος πᾶσαν αὐτοῦ τὴν γραφὴν ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ καὶ σωτηρίᾳ ψυχῶν τῷ τῆς θεοσεβείας ἀνετίθει λόγῳ, γυμνασίου δ’ ἕνεκεν τῆς τῶν ἐντυγχανόντων διανοίας σκοτεινοῖς ἐχρῆτο προβλήμασιν καὶ λόγων στροφαῖς καὶ φωναῖς δι’ αἰνιγμάτων προενηνεγμέναις. καὶ τοῦτο δ’ ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς βίβλου μαρτύρεται λέγων » τῶνδε γὰρ ἀκούσας σοφὸς σοφώτερος ἔσται, ὁ δὲ νοήμων κυβέρνησιν κτήσεται, νοήσει τε παραβολὴν σκοτεινῶν λόγων, ῥήσεις τε σοφῶν καὶ αἰνίγματα« ,
Solomon was moved by a wisdom given by God. He dedicated his whole writing to the message of true religion, for the benefit and salvation of souls. To train the minds of his readers, he used dark problems, twists of speech, and sayings put forward in riddles. He himself testifies to this at the beginning of the book, saying: “For by hearing these things the wise man will become wiser, and the man of understanding will gain guidance, and will understand a parable, the dark sayings, the words of the wise, and riddles.”
καὶ πάλιν »δέξασθαι στροφὰς λόγων« . ἃ δὴ καὶ οὕτως ἔχοντα ἐκ τῶν ἐμφερομένων τῇ βίβλῳ καταμαθεῖν ῥᾴδιον, ἄλλως οὐ δυναμένων νοηθῆναι ἢ διιόντων ἡμῶν ἐκ τῆς προχείρου λέξεως ἐπὶ τὸν ἐξ αὐτῆς θεωρούμενον νοῦν· οἷόν ἐστιν τὸ »τῇ βδέλλῃ τρεῖς θυγατέρες ἦσαν ἀγαπήσει ἀγαπώμεναι, καὶ αἱ τρεῖς αὗται οὐκ ἐνεπίπλασαν αὐτήν. καὶ ἡ τετάρτη οὐκ ἠρκέσθη εἰπεῖν ἱκανόν«,
And again: “to receive the twists of words.” It is easy to learn from the contents of the book that this is how things stand. These sayings cannot be understood in any other way than by passing from the surface wording to the meaning perceived through it. For example: “The leech had three daughters, loved with devotion, and these three did not satisfy her. And the fourth was not content to say, ‘Enough.’”
καὶ »ἡ σοφία ᾠκοδόμησεν ἑαυτῇ οἶκον, καὶ ὑπήρεισεν στύλους ἑπτά· ἔσφαξεν τὰ ἑαυτῆς θύματα, ἐκέρασεν εἰς κρατῆρα τὸν ἑαυτῆς οἶνον« , καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα τούτοις παραπλήσια, οὐχ ἑτέρως δυνατὰ νοεῖσθαι, οὔτε προχείρως οὔτε ἔκ τινος ἱστορίας, εἰ μὴ κατὰ μόνην μεταφορὰν καὶ ἀναστροφὴν τῆς λέξεως. αἱ δ’ ἐκτεθεῖσαι τῶν Ἑλλήνων παροιμίαι ἀπό τινων ἱστοριῶν τὰς ἀρχὰς εἰλήφασιν.
Another example: “Wisdom built herself a house and set up seven pillars. She slaughtered her own sacrifices and mixed her wine in a mixing bowl.” And there are many other sayings like these. They cannot be understood otherwise, whether on the surface or from some historical story, but only by treating the wording as metaphor and turning it around. The Greek proverbs he cited, however, took their origins from certain stories.
τὸ γὰρ Η ΤΕΘΝΗΚΕΝ Η ΔΙΔΑΣΚΕΙ ΓΡΑΜΜΑΤΑ διὰ τήνδε, φησίν, ἐλέχθη τὴν ἱστορίαν, καὶ δι’ ἑτέραν πάλιν γενομένην τοιανδὶ πρᾶξιν τὸ ΑΙΞ ΤΗΝ ΜΑΧΑΙΡΑΝ εἴρηται· καὶ τὸ ΑΛΙΣ ΔΡΥΟΣ ὡσαύτως, διὰ τὸ βαλανηφαγοῦντάς ποτε παύσασθαι τῆς τοιαύτης τροφῆς. εἰ δὲ καὶ Γλαῦκός τις ἐπιστήμων τέχνης τινὸς γεγονὼς διαφόρως ἐμνημονεύθη παρὰ τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα διαφωνήσασιν ἐν τῷ περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγῳ, τί τοῦτο πρὸς τὰς θεοπνεύστους Παροιμίας; οὐ γὰρ ὁμοίως ταῖς Ἑλληνικαῖς παροιμίαις καὶ αὗται ἔκ τινος ἱστορίας τὴν λύσιν ἐπιδέχονται. ἀμαθῶς ἄρα καὶ ἀπείρως τῆς τῶν θείων γραφῶν θεωρίας οὐ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐναντίως τῷ ἀποστόλῳ Μάρκελλος τοὺς Ἑλλήνων σοφοὺς ‹ἐν›τυχόντας ταῖς Παροιμίαις Σολομῶνος μαθεῖν καὶ ζηλῶσαι τὸ προφητικὸν γράμμα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἐκείνῳ γράψαι τρόπον ἀπεφήνατο.
For example, the saying “Either he has died or he is teaching letters” was spoken, they say, because of a certain story. Another saying, “The goat [and] the knife,” was spoken because of a different event that gave rise to such an action. The same goes for “Enough of the oak,” which arose because people who once ate acorns stopped that kind of food. And if a certain Glaucus, skilled in some craft, was remembered in different ways by later people who disagreed in their accounts of him, what has that to do with the God-inspired Proverbs? They do not, like the Greek proverbs, get their solution from some story. So Marcellus, in ignorance and without experience of the study of the divine Scriptures, and in opposition to the apostle, has declared that the wise men of the Greeks came upon Solomon’s Proverbs, learned from them, imitated the prophetic writing, and wrote in the same manner as he did.
τούτων ἡμῖν εἰρημένων εἰς ἀπόδειξιν τοῦ μηδὲ ταῖς θείαις γραφαῖς ὃν χρὴ τρόπον ἐντετυχηκέναι τὸν ἄνδρα, καλεῖ δὴ καιρὸς καὶ τὴν οὐχ ὑγιῆ τῆς πίστεως αὐτοῦ δόξαν ἐπισκέψασθαι, ὡς ἐναντία δοξάζων τῇ ἐκκλησιαστικῇ διδασκαλίᾳ αὐτήν τε καὶ τοὺς προεστῶτας αὐτῆς διέβαλλεν.
I have said all this to show that the man has not read the divine Scriptures in the way he should. Now it is time to examine his unsound view of the faith. Holding opinions contrary to the teaching of the Church, he slandered both the Church and its leaders.
Chapter 4
Θήσω δὲ πρῶτα δι’ ὧν τοῖς ὀρθῶς καὶ ἐκκλησιαστικῶς γραφεῖσιν ἀντιλέγειν πειρᾶται, διαβάλλων τοὺς γράψαντας, καὶ μονονουχὶ πάμμαχον συνιστάμενος ἀγῶνα πρὸς πάντας. ἄρτι μὲν γὰρ πρὸς Ἀστέριον τὴν ἀντίρρησιν ποιεῖται. ἄρτι δὲ πρὸς Εὐσέβιον τὸν μέγαν.
First I will set out the passages in which he tries to speak against what was written rightly and in line with the Church, slandering those who wrote it, and all but taking up an all-out fight against everyone. At one moment he directs his objection against Asterius, at another against the great Eusebius.
καὶ ἔπειτα ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἄνθρωπον, τὸν ὡς ἀληθῶς τρισμακάριον τρέπεται Παυλῖνον, ἄνδρα τιμηθέντα μὲν τῆς Ἀντιοχέων ἐκκλησίας πρεσβείῳ, διαπρεπῶς δ’ ἐπισκοπεύσαντα τῆς Τυρίων οὕτω τε ἐν τῇ ἐπισκοπῇ διαλάμψαντα, ὡς τὴν Ἀντιοχέων ἐκκλησίαν ὡς οἰκείου ἀγαθοῦ μεταποιηθῆναι αὐτοῦ.
Then he turns against the man of God, the truly thrice-blessed Paulinus. He was honored with the office of presbyter in the church of the Antiochenes, and then served with distinction as bishop of the church of the Tyrians. He shone so brightly in the episcopate that the church of the Antiochenes claimed him as its own good.
ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτον, μακαρίως μὲν βεβιωκότα, μακαρίως δ’ ἀναπεπαυμένον πάλαι τε κεκοιμημένον καὶ μηδὲν αὐτῷ διενοχλοῦντα, ὁ θαυμαστὸς οὗτος συγγραφεὺς σκώπτει. καὶ ἐκ τούτου μεταβὰς Ὠριγένει πολεμεῖ, πρόπαλαι καὶ αὐτῷ πεπαυμένῳ τοῦ βίου. ἔπειτα Ναρκίσσῳ ἐπιστρατεύεται, καὶ τὸν ἕτερον Εὐσέβιον διώκει, ὁμοῦ τε πάντας τοὺς ἐκκλησιαστικοὺς πατέρας ἀθετεῖ, οὐδενὶ τὸ παράπαν ἀρεσκόμενος ἢ μόνῳ ἑαυτῷ.
Yet this man, who lived a blessed life and has long since fallen asleep in blessed rest, and who causes him no trouble at all, this marvelous writer mocks. From him he moves on to wage war against Origen, who also finished his life long ago. Then he marches against Narcissus, and goes after the other Eusebius. Together he rejects all the fathers of the Church, pleased with no one at all except himself alone.
γράφει δ’ οὖν ὀνομαστὶ κακῶς μνημονεύων ἀπάντων τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον (Nr. 59) ἄρξομαι τοίνυν ἀπὸ τῆς ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ γραφείσης ἐπιστολῆς πρὸς ἕκαστον τῶν μὴ ὀρθῶς γραφέντων ἀντιλέγειν. γέγραφεν πιστεύειν εἰς πατέρα θεὸν παντοκράτορα, καὶ εἰς τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ θεόν, τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, καὶ εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον· καί φησιν ἐκ τῶν θείων γραφῶν μεμαθηκέναι τοῦτον τὸν τῆς θεοσεβείας τρόπον.
He writes, then, speaking ill of them all by name, in this way (Nr. 59): “So I will begin from the letter he wrote, and answer each of the things that were not rightly written. He has written that he believes in God the Father Almighty, and in his Son, the only-begotten God, our Lord Jesus Christ, and in the Holy Spirit; and he says he has learned this way of true religion from the divine Scriptures.”
ἐγὼ δὲ ὅταν μὲν τοῦτο λέγῃ ἀποδέχομαι σφόδρα τὰ λεγόμενα, κοινὸς γὰρ οὗτος ἁπάντων ἡμῶν τῆς θεοσεβείας ὁ τρόπος, πιστεύειν εἰς πατέρα καὶ υἱὸν καὶ ἅγιον πνεῦμα· ὅταν δὲ μὴ τῆς θείας ἐστοχασμένος δυνάμεως ἀνθρωπικώτερον ἡμῖν διά τινος ἐντέχνου θεωρίας τόν τε πατέρα πατέρα λέγῃ καὶ τὸν υἱὸν υἱόν, οὐκέτ’ ἐπαινεῖν τὴν τοιαύτην θεωρίαν ἀκίνδυνον.
When he says this, I fully accept what is said. For this is the common way of true religion for all of us: to believe in the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit. But when he fails to grasp the divine power, and in a rather human way, through some clever speculation, says that the Father is “Father” and the Son is “Son,” it is no longer safe to praise such speculation.
διὰ γὰρ τῆς τοιαύτης θεωρίας τὴν νῦν αὐτοῖς ἐπινοουμένην αἵρεσιν αὐξάνεσθαι συμβαίνει, ὅπερ σαφῶς ἐπιδεῖξαι ῥᾴδιον οἶμαι ἐκ τῶν αὐτοῦ λόγων. ἔφη γὰρ τὸν μὲν πατέρα δεῖν ἀληθῶς πατέρα εἶναι νομίζειν καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἀληθῶς υἱὸν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ὡσαύτως.
For through such speculation, it happens that the heresy now being devised by them grows. I think this is easy to show plainly from his own words. For he said that one must hold that the Father is truly Father, and the Son truly Son, and the Holy Spirit likewise.
ταῦτα ὁ Μάρκελλος πρὸς Ἀστέριον, οὐκ ἀρεσκόμενος τῷ τὸν πατέρα δεῖν ἀληθῶς πατέρα εἶναι ὁμολογεῖν καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἀληθῶς υἱὸν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ὡσαύτως. ὅθεν ἑξῆς διὰ μακροτέρων ἀνασκευάζειν τὸν περὶ τούτων πειρᾶται λόγον. ψιλὸν γὰρ καὶ τῷ ἀνθρωπείῳ λόγῳ ὅμοιον, οὐχὶ δὲ υἱὸν ἀληθῶς ζῶντα καὶ ὑφεστῶτα τὸν Χριστὸν εἶναι ὁμολογεῖν ἐθέλει.
This is what Marcellus said against Asterius, because he was not pleased that one must confess that the Father is truly Father, the Son truly Son, and the Holy Spirit likewise. For this reason he goes on at greater length to try to overturn the teaching on these matters. For he is willing to confess Christ only as a bare word, like the human word, and not as a Son truly living and subsisting.
καὶ ἐπειδὴ ταύτην εἶπεν ἐπινοεῖσθαι νῦν αἵρεσιν, δεικτέον ὡς προϊὼν Ὠριγένους τοῦ πάλαι γενομένου μέμνηται ὡς ὁμοδοξοῦντος τοῖς νυνὶ πρὸς αὐτοῦ διαβαλλομένοις. ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ Ὠριγένους παλαιοτέρων ἀνδρῶν πλείστοις ὅσοις ἐκκλησιαστικοῖς συγγράμμασιν ἐντετύχηκα, ἐπισκόπων τε καὶ συνόδων ἐπιστολαῖς διαφόροις πρόπαλαι γραφείσαις, δι’ ὧν εἷς καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς ὁ τῆς πίστεως χαρακτὴρ ἀποδείκνυται.
And since he said that this heresy is only now being devised, I must show that as he goes on he mentions Origen, who lived long ago, as agreeing with those whom he now slanders. But I myself have read very many church writings of men older than Origen, and various letters of bishops and councils written long ago. These show that the stamp of the faith is one and the same.
οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἄρα διαβέβληκεν εἰπὼν 〈ταύτην〉 ἐπινοεῖσθαι νῦν αἵρεσιν ὑπὸ τῶν διαβαλλομένων. μετὰ ταῦτα μικρὸν προελθὼν οὐ τὸν Ἀστέριον μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν μέγαν Εὐσέβιον, οὗ τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς πλεῖσται καὶ διαφανεῖς ἐπαρχίαι τε καὶ πόλεις μετεποιήθησαν, κακῶς ἀγορεύει τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον (Nr. 29) ὑπομνήσω δέ σε ὧν αὐτὸς γέγραφεν συνιστάμενος τοῖς κακῶς ὑπὸ Εὐσεβίου γραφεῖσιν, ἵνα γνῷς ὅτι ἀφίσταται σαφῶς τῆς προτέρας ἐπαγγελίας.
So he was wrong to slander them by saying that this heresy is only now being devised by those he attacks. Then, after going on a little further, he speaks ill not only of Asterius but also of the great Eusebius, whose bishopric many notable provinces and cities claimed for themselves. He does it in this way (Nr. 29): “I will remind you of what he himself has written in supporting the things wrongly written by Eusebius, so that you may know that he plainly departs from his earlier profession.”
γέγραφεν γὰρ αὐταῖς λέξεσιν οὕτως· τὸ γὰρ κεφάλαιον εἶναι τῆς ἐπιστολῆς ἐπὶ τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ἀνενεγκεῖν τοῦ υἱοῦ τὴν γένεσιν, καὶ μὴ πάθος ἀποφῆναι τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν γονήν. ὅπερ οἱ σοφώτατοι τῶν πατέρων ἐν τοῖς οἰκείοις συντάγμασιν ἀπεφήναντο, φυλαξάμενοι τῶν αἱρετικῶν τὴν ἀσέβειαν, οἳ σωματικήν τινα καὶ παθητικὴν κατεψεύσαντο τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν τεκνογονίαν, τὰς προβολὰς δογματίζοντες.
“For he has written in these very words: ‘The main point of the letter is to trace the generation of the Son back to the Father’s will, and not to declare that the begetting of God is a passion. This is what the wisest of the fathers declared in their own writings, guarding against the impiety of the heretics, who falsely claimed that God’s begetting of children was bodily and subject to passion, teaching doctrines of emissions.’”
καὶ πρὸς ταύτας δὲ τὰς φωνὰς πολλὴν ἑξῆς ποιεῖται τὴν ἀντίρρησιν, μεθ’ ἣν ἐπισυνάπτει λέγων (Nr. 30) ὥστε συνηγορῆσαι Εὐσεβίῳ κακῶς γράψαντι βουλόμενος Ἀστέριος, φύσεώς τε πατρὸς καὶ φύσεως [ἀ]γεννητοῦ μνημονεύσας, αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ κατήγορος γέγονεν. πολὺ γὰρ βέλτιον ἦν τὸ βάθος τοῦ νοήματος Εὐσεβίου, ὡς αὐτὸς γέγραφεν, ἐν βραχυλογίᾳ κείμενον ἀνεξέταστον καταλιπεῖν, ἢ τοιαύτῃ θεωρίᾳ χρησάμενον τὸ πανοῦργον τοῦ γράμματος εἰς φῶς ἀγαγεῖν.
And against these words he goes on to make a long reply. After it he adds, saying (Nr. 30): “So Asterius, wishing to defend Eusebius, who had written badly, and mentioning the nature of the Father and the nature of the unbegotten, became his own accuser. For it would have been much better to leave untouched the depth of Eusebius’ meaning, as he himself wrote it, set down in brief form, than to use such speculation and bring the craftiness of the letter into the light.”
καὶ μεθ’ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει (Nr. 3) νυνὶ δὲ ἐξετάσωμεν ἕν τι ῥητὸν τῶν ὑπὸ Ἀστερίου γραφέντων· ἔφη γὰρ οὗτος· ἄλλος μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ὁ πατήρ, ὁ γεννήσας ἐξ αὑτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ λόγον καὶ πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως. ἀμφότερα συνάψας γέγραφεν μονογενῆ καὶ πρωτότοκον, πολλῆς ἐναντιότητος ἐν τοῖς ὀνόμασιν οὔσης τούτοις, ὡς ἔστιν ῥᾴδιον καὶ τοῖς σφόδρα δυσμαθέσιν γνῶναι.
And after other things he adds (Nr. 3): “Now let us examine one saying among those written by Asterius. For he said: ‘The Father is one, who begat from himself the only-begotten Word and firstborn of all creation.’ He has joined both together, ‘only-begotten’ and ‘firstborn,’ though there is great contradiction between these names, as even the very slow can easily see.”
δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι ὁ μονογενής, εἰ ὄντως μονογενὴς εἴη, οὐκέτι πρωτότοκος εἶναι δύναται, καὶ ὁ πρωτότοκος ᾗ ⟨πρωτότοκος〉 οὐ δύναται μονογενὴς εἶναι. καὶ ἐν τούτοις δὲ τὸν Ἀστέριον αἰτιᾶται μάτην· οὐ γὰρ αὐτοῦ ἀλλὰ τῆς θείας γραφῆς ἐτύγχανον αἱ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ποτὲ μὲν λέγουσαι μονογενῆ υἱὸν ποτὲ δὲ πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως φωναί.
“For it is clear that the only-begotten, if he is really only-begotten, can no longer be firstborn, and the firstborn, as firstborn, cannot be only-begotten.” And in these things too he blames Asterius for nothing. For the expressions were not his own but those of the divine Scripture, which sometimes calls the Son of God the only-begotten Son, and sometimes the firstborn of all creation.
αὖθις δὲ συνάπτει τούτοις λέγων (Nr. 76) ἀλλ’ ἀφέμενος τῆς ἀληθοῦς γνώσεως τὴν ἔντεχνον ἡμῖν καὶ νῦν ἐπεδείξατο θεωρίαν. οὐκ ἔχων γὰρ ἐκ τῶν θείων γραφῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ κατασκευάσαι βούλημα, ἐπὶ τοὺς σοφωτάτους, ὡς οἴεται, ἀνατρέχει πατέρας φάσκων· ὅπερ οἱ σοφώτατοι τῶν πατέρων ἐν τοῖς οἰκείοις συντάγμασιν ἀπεφήναντο.
Again he joins these remarks to the others, saying (Nr. 76): “But he has put aside the true knowledge, and even now has shown us a contrived way of looking at things. For since he cannot establish his own purpose from the divine Scriptures, he runs back to the wisest fathers, as he thinks, saying: ‘what the wisest of the fathers declared in their own writings.’”
ἀπόφασιν ἀποπεφάσθαι τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ πατέρας Ἀστέριός φησιν καὶ δόγμα περὶ θεοῦ γεγραφέναι ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκείας ἑαυτῶν προαιρέσεως. τὸ γὰρ τοῦ δόγματος ὄνομα τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἔχεται βουλῆς τε καὶ γνώμης.
Marcellus says that Asterius’s fathers “made a pronouncement,” and that they wrote a “dogma” about God out of their own choice. For the word “dogma” belongs to human counsel and opinion.
ὅτι δὲ τοῦθ’ οὕτως ἔχει μαρτυρεῖ μὲν ἡμῖν ἱκανῶς ἡ δογματικὴ τῶν ἰατρῶν τέχνη, μαρτυρεῖ δὲ καὶ τὰ τῶν φιλοσόφων καλούμενα ⟨δόγματα⟩· ὅτι δὲ καὶ τὰ συγκλήτῳ δόξαντα ἔτι καὶ νῦν δόγματα συγκλήτου λέγεται, οὐδένα ἀγνοεῖν οἶμαι. καὶ ταῦτα δὲ ὁ Μάρκελλος, ἀμνημονήσας τῆς ἀποστολικῆς φωνῆς ἥ φησιν περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος »τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν τοῖς δόγμασιν καταργήσας«, προήχθη εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μέμφεται τῷ δεῖν ἕπεσθαι τοῖς πατράσιν, τῆς θείας φασκούσης γραφῆς ἐπερώτησον τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ σοι·
That this is so, the dogmatic art of the physicians gives us ample witness, and so do the so-called “dogmas” of the philosophers. I think no one is unaware that what seemed good to the senate is still called a “dogma of the senate.” Marcellus was led to say this, forgetting the apostolic word about the Savior, “having abolished the law of commandments by dogmas.” He even finds fault with the duty of following the fathers, although the divine Scripture says, “Ask your father and he will tell you,
τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους σου καὶ ἐροῦσίν σοι« καὶ μὴ μέταιρε ὅρια αἰώνια ἅ ἔθεντο οἱ πατέρες σου«. εἶτ’ ἀγανακτῶν ὅτι Παυλῖνον μακάριον ἀπεκάλεσεν, ὁμοῦ τε κακῶς Εὐσεβίου πάλιν μνημονεύων, οὕτω γράφει (Nr. 77) συνηγορῆσαι γὰρ βουληθεὶς τῷ τὴν ἐπιστολὴν κακῶς γράψαντι Εὐσεβίῳ, πρῶτον μὲν οὐ διδασκαλικῶς ἀναπτύξας, ἔφη, τὸ δόγμα τὴν ἐπιστολὴν συνέταξεν, οὐ γὰρ πρὸς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν οὐδὲ πρὸς τοὺς ἀγνοοῦντας ἐγίγνετο τὸ γράμμα ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸν μακάριον Παυλῖνον, μακάριον αὐτὸν διὰ τοῦτο εἰπών, ὅτι τὴν αὐτὴν εἶχεν Ἀστερίῳ δόξαν. οὐκοῦν ἐπειδήπερ τοὺς σοφωτάτους πατέρας Ἀστερίου μεμαθήκαμεν, ἀκόλουθον ἡγοῦμαι λέγειν καὶ τὸν Παυλίνου τε καὶ τῶν ἄλλων γενόμενον διδάσκαλον.
your elders, and they will tell you,” and “Do not move the eternal boundaries which your fathers set.” Then he is indignant that Asterius called Paulinus “blessed,” and, speaking ill of Eusebius again at the same time, he writes thus (Nr. 77): “For Eusebius wished to defend the one who wrote the letter badly. First, he composed the letter without setting out the doctrine in the manner of a teacher, he said. For the writing was not addressed to the church or to those who were ignorant, but to the blessed Paulinus. He called him blessed for this reason, that he held the same opinion as Asterius. Therefore, since we have learned who Asterius’s wisest fathers are, I think it follows that we should also name the one who became the teacher of Paulinus and the others.
ἀπὸ γὰρ τῆς Παυλίνου ἐπιστολῆς ὁ κἀκείνου διδάσκαλος γεγονὼς εὔδηλος γένοιτ’ ἂν ἡμῖν. καὶ μεταξύ τινα εἰπὼν τὸν αὐτὸν αὖθις διαβάλλει ὡς οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἀποδεξάμενον τὸν Ὠριγένη, λέγων οὕτως (Nr. 32) οὐκ εὐαγγελικῆς ὑπομιμνήσκων διδασκαλίας ταῦτ’ ἔγραψεν Παυλῖνος, ὁμολογῶν δὲ ἐνίους μὲν ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν οὕτω κινεῖσθαι, ἐνίους δὲ ἐκ τῶν ἀναγνωσμάτων τῶν προειρημένων ἀνδρῶν τοῦτον ἦχθαι τὸν τρόπον.
For from the letter of Paulinus, the man who became his teacher too would become quite clear to us.” After saying some things in between, he again slanders the same man, as though he had wrongly welcomed Origen, saying (Nr. 32): “Paulinus did not write this to remind them of the gospel teaching. He admitted that some are moved in this way of themselves, while others have been led in this way by the readings of the men mentioned earlier.”
εἶτα τέλος, ὥσπερ τινὰ κορωνίδα τῆς ἀποδείξεως ἐπάγων, ἐκ τῶν Ὠριγένους ῥητῶν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ὑπέγραψεν ἐπιστολῇ, ὡς μᾶλλον πεῖσαι δυναμένου παρὰ τοὺς εὐαγγελιστὰς καὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους. ἔστιν δὲ τὰ ῥητὰ ταῦτα· ὥρα ἐπαναλαβόντα περὶ πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος, ὀλίγα τῶν τότε παραλελειμμένων διεξε λθεῖν· περὶ πατρὸς ὡς ἀδιαίρετος ὢν καὶ ἀμέριστος υἱοῦ γίγνεται πατήρ, οὐ προβαλὼν αὐτόν, ὡς οἴονταί τινες.
Then at the end, as though adding a crowning flourish to his proof, he appended to his own letter some sayings of Origen, as if Origen could persuade more than the evangelists and apostles. These are the sayings: “It is time to take up again the subject of the Father, the Son and the Holy Spirit, and to go through a few of the points left out at that time. Concerning the Father: being indivisible and without parts, he becomes Father of the Son, not by projecting him, as some suppose.
εἰ γὰρ πρόβλημά ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ γέννημα ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ὁποῖα τὰ τῶν ζῴων γεννήματα, ἀνάγκη σῶμα εἶναι τὸν προβαλόντα καὶ τὸν προβεβλημένον.
For if the Son is a projection of the Father and an offspring from him, like the offspring of animals, then the one who projects and the one who is projected must be bodies.”
εἶθ’ ἑξῆς μετὰ τὴν τῶν Ὠριγενειῶν φωνῶν παράθεσιν ἐπιφέρει λέγων (Nr. 32) ταῦτα Ὠριγένης γέγραφεν, μὴ παρὰ τῶν ἱερῶν προφητῶν τε καὶ ἀποστόλων περὶ τῆς ἀιδιότητος τοῦ λόγου μαθεῖν βουληθείς, ἀλλ’ ἑαυτῷ δεδωκὼς πλεῖον δευτέραν ὑπόθεσιν διηγήσασθαι τοῦ λόγου μάτην τολμᾷ. καὶ τούτοις δὲ τοῖς ὑπὸ Ὠριγένους ὀρθῶς εἰρημένοις, περὶ τοῦ μὴ δεῖν σωματικήν τινα καὶ παθητικὴν ὑπολαμβάνειν τὴν τῆς θεότητος τοῦ υἱοῦ γέννησιν. ἀντιλέγει, μάλισθ’ ὅτι τῷ υἱῷ δέδωκεν ὑπόστασιν. καὶ ἐπιφέρει τὸν Ὠριγένη πάλιν κακῶς λέγων τοῖς τε ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ὀρθῶς γραφεῖσιν ἀντιλέγων ἐν τούτοις (Nr. 32) ὅτι τὰ τοιαῦτα γράφων Ὠριγένης ἰδίοις ἐχρῆτο δόγμασιν, δῆλον ἀφ’ ὧν καὶ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ ἀνατρέπει πολλάκις. ἐν γοῦν ἑτέρῳ χωρίῳ ἅτινα περὶ θεοῦ λέγει, ἀκόλουθόν ἐστιν ὑπομνῆσαι. γράφει δὲ οὕτως·
Then, after setting out these words of Origen, he goes on to say (Nr. 32): “Origen wrote these things, not wishing to learn about the eternity of the Word from the holy prophets and apostles, but having given himself over to it, he rashly dares to narrate in vain a second hypothesis about the Word.” Yet Marcellus argues against these words, which Origen said correctly, that one must not suppose the begetting of the Son’s divinity to be bodily and subject to passion. He objects most of all because Origen gave the Son a distinct subsistence [hypostasis]. And again, speaking ill of Origen and contradicting what he had written correctly, he adds in these words (Nr. 32): “That Origen used his own dogmas when he wrote such things is clear from the fact that he often overturns his own statements. In another passage, at any rate, it is fitting to recall what he says about God. He writes thus:
οὐ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς πατὴρ εἶναι ἤρξατο κωλυόμενος, ὡς οἱ γινόμενοι πατέρες ἄνθρωποι, ὑπὸ τοῦ μὴ δύνασθαί πω πατέρες εἶναι. εἰ γὰρ ἀεὶ τέλειος ὁ θεός, καὶ πάρεστιν αὐτῷ δύναμις τοῦ πατέρα αὐτὸν εἶναι, καὶ καλὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι πατέρα τοιούτου υἱοῦ, 〈τί〉 ἀναβάλλεται καὶ τοῦ καλοῦ ἑαυτὸν στερίσκει καί, ὡς ἔστιν εἰπεῖν, ἐξ οὗ δύναται πατὴρ εἶναι, οὐ 〈γίνεται πατήρ⟩; τὸ αὐτὸ μέντοιγε καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος λεκτέον.
‘For God did not begin to be Father because he was prevented, as human beings who become fathers are, by not yet being able to be fathers. For if God is always perfect, and the power to be Father is present in him, and it is good for him to be the Father of such a Son, why does he put it off and deprive himself of the good? And, so to speak, from the time he was able to be Father, why does he not become Father?’ The same must be said also about the Holy Spirit.”
πῶς οὖν Ὠριγένους καὶ τοῦτο γράψαντος, ὁ μακάριος κατ’ αὐτὸν Παυλῖνος τοῦτο μὲν ἀποκρύψασθαι οὐκ ἀκίνδυνον ἐνόμισεν, χρήσασθαι δὲ εἰς κατασκευὴν τῶν ἑαυτῷ δοκούντων τοῖς ἐναντίοις, ὧν οὐδὲ αὐτὸν ἂν Ὠριγένη εἴποιμι τὸν λόγον ἀποδοῦναι δυνατὸν εἶναι; ἐν τούτοις ὁ Μάρκελλος ἐναντία φάναι αὑτῷ τὸν Ὠριγένη εἰπὼν κατεψεύσατο, μὴ δυνηθεὶς συνεῖναι, ὡς διὰ μὲν τῆς προτέρας παραθέσεως τὸ ἀσώματον καὶ ἀπαθὲς τοῦ πατρὸς ἐδήλου, διὰ δὲ τῆς δευτέρας τὸ μὴ χρόνῳ πρὸ πάντων δὲ αἰώνων τὸν υἱὸν γεγεννηκέναι.
Origen wrote this too. So how did the blessed Paulinus, in Marcellus’s view, think it dangerous to hide this passage, yet use it against his opponents to support his own opinions, when I would say not even Origen himself could have given an account of them? In these words Marcellus falsely claimed that Origen contradicted himself. He could not grasp that the first passage showed the Father to be without body and without passion, while the second showed that the Son was begotten not in time but before all ages.
αὖθις δὲ μεθ’ ἕτερα περὶ τοῦ Ὠριγένους ὁ αὐτὸς ταῦτα γράφει (Nr. 78) καίτοι εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς περὶ Ὠριγένους εἰπεῖν, τοῦτο προσήκει λέγειν, ὅτι ἄρτι τῶν κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν ἀποστὰς μαθημάτων, καὶ τοῖς θείοις ὁμιλῆσαι προελόμενος λόγοις πρὸ τῆς ἀκριβοῦς τῶν γραφῶν καταλήψεως, διὰ τὸ πολὺ καὶ φιλότιμον τῆς ἔξωθεν παιδεύσεως θᾶττον τοῦ δέοντος ἀρξάμενος [ὑπο]γράφειν ὑπὸ τῶν τῆς φιλοσοφίας παρήχθη λόγων, καί τινα δι’ αὐτοὺς οὐ καλῶς γέγραφεν. δῆλον δέ· ἔτι γὰρ τῶν Πλάτωνος μεμνημένος δογμάτων,
Again, after other remarks, he writes this about Origen (Nr. 78): “And yet, if the truth must be told about Origen, it is right to say this: he had only just left the studies of philosophy, and chose to occupy himself with the divine words before he had an exact grasp of the Scriptures. Because of the great weight and ambition of his outside education, he began to write sooner than he should have. He was led astray by the arguments of philosophy, and because of them he wrote some things badly. This is plain, for he was still mindful of the teachings of Plato,
καὶ τῆς τῶν ἀρχῶν παρ’ αὐτῷ διαφορᾶς, ΠΕΡΙ ΑΡΧΩΝ γέγραφεν βιβλίον, καὶ ταύτην τῷ συγγράμματι τὴν ἐπιγραφὴν ἔθετο. δεῖγμα δὲ τούτου μέγιστον τὸ μηδὲ ἄλλοθέν ποθεν τὴν ἀρχὴν τῶν λέξεων αὐτὸν ἢ τὴν ἐπιγραφὴν τοῦ βιβλίου ποιήσασθαι, ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ τῶν Πλάτωνι λεχθέντων ῥημάτων· γέγραφεν γὰρ ἀρχόμενος οὕτως·
and of the difference of first principles in Plato. He wrote a book ON FIRST PRINCIPLES and gave his work that title. The strongest proof of this is that he took the beginning of his words, and the title of the book, from nowhere else than from the words spoken by Plato. For he begins his writing like this:
οἱ πεπιστευκότες καὶ πεπεισμένοι, τοῦτο 〈τὸ⟩ ῥητὸν οὕτως εἰρημένον εὕροις ἂν ἐν τῷ Γοργίᾳ Πλάτωνος. οὔτ’ εἰ ἐφέρετο, ἤνεγκεν ἂν διαβολὴν Ὠριγένει φάντι· οἱ πεπιστευκότες [ἢ] καὶ πεπεισμένοι, καὶ συνάψαντι ἑξῆς· τὴν χάριν καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν »διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ« γεγονέναι καὶ Χριστὸν εἶναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ· »ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθειαε«. ποία γὰρ πρὸς ταῦτα κοινωνία γένοιτ’ ἄν ποτε Πλάτωνι;
‘Those who have believed and been persuaded.’ You would find this saying worded just so in Plato’s Gorgias.” But even if that were so, it would bring no charge against Origen for saying, “Those who have believed and been persuaded,” and for joining to it, next, that grace and truth came “through Jesus Christ,” and that Christ is the truth, according to what he himself said: “I am the truth.” For what fellowship could Plato ever have with these things?
οὐδὲν Πλάτωνος ΠΕΡΙ ΑΡΧΩΝ μνημονεύεται βιβλίον, οὐδὲ Ὠριγένης ὁμοίως περὶ ἀρχῶν ἐδόξασεν Πλάτωνι, ὁ μίαν μόνην τὴν ἀγένητον καὶ ἄναρχον καὶ ἐπέκεινα τῶν ὅλων εἰδὼς ἀρχήν, ταύτην τε εἶναι πατέρα ἑνὸς μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ, δι’ οὗ τὰ πάντα γέγονεν.
No book of Plato’s ON FIRST PRINCIPLES is mentioned anywhere. Nor did Origen hold the same opinion about first principles as Plato. He knew only one first principle, unbegotten and without beginning and beyond all things, and that this is the Father of one only-begotten Son, through whom all things came to be.
ὁ δὲ καὶ ἐν τούτοις Ὠριγένους καταψευσάμενος μεθ’ ἕτερα προστίθησι λέγων (Nr. 15) Ἀστερίου γὰρ εἰρηκότος πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων γεγενῆσθαι τὸν λόγον, αὐτὸ τὸ ῥητὸν αὐτὸν ἐλέγχει ψευδόμενον· ὥστε μὴ μόνον αὐτὸν τοῦ πράγματος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ γράμματος διαμαρτεῖν. εἰ γὰρ »πρὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐθεμελίωσέν με« φησὶν ἡ Παροιμία, πῶς αὐτὸς γεγενῆσθαι αὐτὸν πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων ἔφη; ἕτερον γὰρ πρὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος τεθεμελιῶσθαι αὐτόν, καὶ ἕτερον πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων γεγενῆσθαι.
Marcellus, who falsely accused Origen in these matters too, adds after other remarks (Nr. 15): “Asterius said that the Word came to be before the ages, but the very text proves him a liar. So he has missed not only the matter but the letter as well. For if Proverbs says, ‘Before the age he founded me,’ how could he say that he came to be before the ages? For to be founded before the age is one thing, and to come to be before the ages is another.”
ταῦτα εἰπὼν καὶ προσθεὶς ἕτερα εἰς ἀνατροπὴν τοῦ πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων γεγενῆσθαι τὸν υἱόν, ἐπιλέγει αὐτοῖς ῥήμασιν (Nr. 79) ἀξιῶ δὲ τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας τῶν ἁγίων, ὡσπερεὶ σπέρματα καὶ ἀρχὰς τῆσδε τῆς ἐξηγήσεως ἀληθῶς εἰληφότας, πλείονας ἀποδείξεις προσθεῖναι τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ὥστε ἔτι μᾶλλον τὰς τῶν [περὶ] τὴν πίστιν διαστρεφόντων ἐλέγχεσθαι προαιρέσεις. ὄντως γὰρ θεὸν τὸν γεννήσαντα αὐτοὺς ἐγκατέλιπον, καὶ ὤρυξαν ἑαυτοῖς λάκκους συντετριμμένους«.
After saying this, and adding further remarks to overturn the claim that the Son came to be before the ages, he adds these very words (Nr. 79): “I ask those of the saints who read this, since they have truly received something like seeds and beginnings of this interpretation, to add more proofs to what has been said, so that the intentions of those who twist the faith may be exposed still more. For they have truly abandoned God who begot them, and have dug for themselves broken cisterns.”
τοιαῦτα καὶ διὰ τούτων λοιδορησάμενος ἑξῆς πειρᾶται δεικνύναι ὅτι μηδὲ εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν ὁ υἱός, λέγων οὕτως (Nr. 80) ἀκόλουθον ἡγοῦμαι βραχέα καὶ περὶ τῆς εἰκόνος εἰπεῖν. γέγραφεν γάρ· ἄλλος δέ ἐστιν ὁ ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεννηθείς, »ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου«. εἰκόνος διὰ τοῦτο μέμνηται θεοῦ ἀοράτου Ἀστέριος, ἵνα τοσοῦτον τὸν θεὸν τοῦ λόγου διαφέρειν διδάξῃ, ὅσον καὶ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἑαυτοῦ εἰκόνος διαφέρειν δοκεῖ.
Having abused them with such words, he next tries to show that the Son is not even the image of God. He says (Nr. 80): “I think it fitting to say a few words about the image also. For Asterius wrote: ‘The one begotten from him is another, “who is the image of the invisible God.”’ Asterius mentions the image of the invisible God in order to teach that God differs from the Word as much as a man is thought to differ from his own image.”
καὶ μεταξύ τινα εἰπὼν ἐπιφέρει (Nr. 82) οὐκοῦν πρόδηλον, ὅτι πρὸ τῆς τοῦ ἡμετέρου σώματος ἀναλήψεως ὁ λόγος καθ’ ἑαυτὸν οὐκ ἦν εἰκὼν τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ. τὴν γὰρ εἰκόνα ὁρᾶσθαι προσήκει, ἵνα διὰ τῆς εἰκόνος τὸ τέως μὴ ὁρώμενον ὁρᾶσθαι δύνηται. καὶ ἐπιλέγει (Nr. 82) πῶς οὖν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον Ἀστέριος εἶναι γέγραφεν; αἱ γὰρ εἰκόνες τούτων ὧν εἰσιν εἰκόνες καὶ ἀπόντων δεικτικαί εἰσιν, ὥστε καὶ τὸν ἀπόντα δι’ αὐτῶν φαίνεσθαι δοκεῖν.
And after some remarks in between, he continues (Nr. 82): “So it is plain that before taking up our body, the Word by himself was not the image of the invisible God. For an image must be seen, so that through the image what was until then unseen can be seen.” And he adds (Nr. 82): “So how could Asterius write that the Word of God is the image of the invisible God? For images show the things they are images of, even when those things are absent, so that the absent one seems to appear through them.
εἰ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ [τοῦ] ἀοράτου ὄντος ἀόρατον εἶναι καὶ τὸν λόγον συμβαίνει, πῶς εἰκὼν τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ ὁ λόγος καθ’ ἑαυτὸν εἶναι δύναται, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀόρατος ὤν; καὶ προϊὼν αὖθις λοιδορεῖ, λέγων οὕτως (Nr. 24) πῶς οὖν οἱ »πλήρεις δόλου καὶ ῥᾳδιουργίας«, ἀποστολικῶς εἰπεῖν, μεταφέρουσιν τὸ ῥητὸν εἰς τὴν πρώτην αὐτοῦ, ὡς οἴονται, κτίσιν, καὶ ταῦτα τοῦ Δαυὶδ περὶ τῆς κατὰ σάρκα αὐτοῦ γενέσεως σαφῶς εἰρηκότος;
But if God is invisible and it follows that the Word is invisible too, how can the Word by himself be the image of the invisible God, when he himself is invisible?” And going on, he abuses him again, saying (Nr. 24): “So how is it that these men, ‘full of deceit and villainy,’ to speak as the apostle does, transfer the text to what they suppose was his first creation, when David has spoken plainly about his coming to be according to the flesh?”
35 καὶ μεταξὺ τούτων μακρὸν κατατείνας λόγον ἐπιφέρει (Nr. 85) τί οὖν πρὸς ταῦτα λέξει; οὐ γὰρ οἶμαι αὐτὸν ἔχειν τι περὶ τούτου λέγειν. οὐδὲ γὰρ σαφῶς αὐτὸν καὶ ἀπαρακαλύπτως ἡγοῦμαι καὶ πρὸς ἑτέρους ὁμολογῆσαι ἄν, ὅπερ αὐτὸς ἐν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ κρύπτει διανοίᾳ, ὡς ἔστιν σαφῶς ἀφ’ ὧν γέγραφεν μανθάνειν. ἄλλος μὲν γάρ, φησίν, ἐστὶν ὁ πατὴρ ὁ γεννήσας ἐξ αὑτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ λόγον καὶ πρωτότοκον ἁπάσης κτίσεως, μόνος μόνον, τέλειος τέλειον, βασιλεὺς βασιλέα, κύριος κύριον, θεὸς θεόν, οὐσίας τε καὶ βουλῆς καὶ δόξης καὶ δυνάμεως ἀπαράλλακτον εἰκόνα. ταῦτα τὰ ῥητὰ σαφῶς τὴν φαύλην αὐτοῦ περὶ θεότητος ἐλέγχει δόξαν.
In the middle of these remarks he stretches out a long speech and then adds (Nr. 85): “What will he say to this? I do not think he has anything to say about it. For I do not think he would confess, clearly and without disguise, even to others, what he hides in his own mind, as can plainly be learned from what he has written. For the Father is one, he says, and he begat from himself the only-begotten Word, the firstborn of all creation: alone, the only one; perfect, the perfect one; king, a king; lord, a lord; God, God; the unchanging image of his being, will, glory and power.” These words plainly expose his worthless opinion about the Godhead.
πῶς γὰρ ὁ κύριος γεννηθεὶς καὶ [ὁ] θεός, ὡς αὐτὸς προλαβὼν ἔφη, δύναται εἰκὼν θεοῦ εἶναι; ἕτερον γὰρ εἰκὼν θεοῦ, καὶ ἕτερον θεός. ὥστε εἰ μὲν εἰκών, οὐ κύριος οὐδὲ θεός, ἀλλ’ εἰκὼν κυρίου καὶ θεοῦ· εἰ δὲ κύριος ὄντως καὶ θεός, οὐκέτι ὁ κύριος καὶ [ὁ] θεὸς εἰκὼν κυρίου καὶ θεοῦ εἶναι δύναται.
For how can the one who was begotten, who is Lord and [the] God, as he himself said earlier, be the image of God? An image of God is one thing, and God is another. So if he is an image, he is not Lord or God, but the image of the Lord and God. But if he is truly Lord and God, then the Lord and [the] God can no longer be the image of the Lord and God.
15 καὶ ταῦτα σφόδρα ἀβλεπτῶν εἴρηκεν, οὐκ ἐννοήσας ὡς καὶ ὁ υἱὸς δύναται ἔμψυχός ποτε εἰκὼν τοῦ ἰδίου πατρὸς λεχθῆναι, ἐπειδὰν ᾖ τῷ πατρὶ ὁμοιότατος. τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ ἡ γραφὴ διδάσκει ἡ λέγουσα »ἔζησεν δὲ Ἀδὰμ τριάκοντα καὶ διακόσια ἔτη, καὶ ἐγέννησεν κατὰ τὴν ἰδέαν αὐτοῦ καὶ κατὰ τὴν εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἐπωνόμασεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Σῆθ«.
He has said this with great blindness. He did not consider that a living son can also be called the image of his own father, whenever he is most like his father. Scripture teaches this when it says: “Adam lived two hundred and thirty years, and he begat a son according to his own form and according to his own image, and he named him Seth.”
καὶ περὶ τῆς θεότητος δὲ τοῦ υἱοῦ ὁ ἀπόστολος διδάσκει λέγων »ὃς ἐν μορφῇ θεοῦ ὑπάρχων οὐχ ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγήσατο τὸ εἶναι ἴσα θεῷ, ἀλλ’ ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν«, καὶ πάλιν »ὃς ὢν ἀπαύγασμα τῆς δόξης καὶ χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως«. καὶ ἐν ἑτέροις δὲ εἴρηται »ἀπαύγασμα γάρ ἐστιν φωτὸς ἀιδίου, καὶ ἔσοπτρον ἀκηλίδωτον τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνεργείας, καὶ εἰκὼν τῆς ἀγαθότητος αὐτοῦ«.
The apostle also teaches about the divinity of the Son when he says: “who, existing in the form of God, did not regard being equal with God as something to be seized, but emptied himself.” And again: “who is the radiance of the glory and the exact imprint of the being.” And elsewhere it is said: “For he is a radiance of everlasting light, a spotless mirror of the working of God, and an image of his goodness.”
αὐθις δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος »ἀπεκδυσάμενοι τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον, καὶ ἐνδυσάμενοι τὸν νέον τὸν ἀνακαινούμενον εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν κατ’ εἰκόνα τοῦ κτίσαντος« λέγων, δῆλός ἐστιν οὐ τὴν σάρκα εἰρῆσθαι διδάσκων τὴν εἰκόνα εἶναι τοῦ θεοῦ.
Again the apostle says: “having put off the old man, and put on the new, which is being renewed to full knowledge according to the image of the one who created him.” It is clear that he is teaching that the flesh is not what is meant by the image of God.
μεταβὰς δὲ αὖθις Μάρκελλος ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐπισκόπους ὧδε γράφει (Nr. 87) ἰδοὺ γὰρ τὸ κατὰ Ἀστέριον ἡμᾶς οὐ τοσοῦτον λυπεῖ, εἰ τοιαῦτα προήχθη γράφειν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι καὶ τινες τῶν προεστάναι δοκούντων τῆς ἐκκλησίας, τῆς μὲν ἀποστολικῆς ἐπιλαθόμενοι παραδόσεως, τὰ δὲ ἔξωθεν τῶν θείων προτιμήσαντες τοιαῦτά τινα γράψαι τε καὶ διδάξαι ἐτόλμησαν, ἃ οὐδὲν ἔλαττον τῆς τῶν προειρημένων ἔχεται πλάνης.
Then Marcellus turns again to the bishops and writes as follows (Nr. 87): “Look, what Asterius wrote does not grieve us so much, though he was led to write such things. What grieves us is that some of those who seem to preside over the church have forgotten the apostolic tradition and preferred the things outside the divine writings. They have dared to write and teach things that are no less caught up in the error of those mentioned before.”
καὶ μεθ’ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει (Nr. 71) ἐντυχὼν γὰρ Ναρκίσσου τοῦ Νερωνιάδος προεστῶτος ἐπιστολῇ, ἥν γέγραφεν πρὸς Χρηστόν τινα καὶ Εὐφρόνιον καὶ Εὐσέβιον, ὡς Ὁσίου τοῦ ἐπισκόπου ἐρωτήσαντος αὐτόν, εἰ, ὥσπερ Εὐσέβιος ὁ τῆς Παλαιστίνης δύο οὐσίας εἶναί φησιν, οὕτως καὶ αὐτὸς λέγοι, ἔγνων αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν γραφέντων τρεῖς εἶναι πιστεύειν οὐσίας ἀποκρινόμενον. ταῦτ’ εἰπὼν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ναρκίσσου ἐπὶ τὸν Εὐσέβιον μεταβαίνει, κατηγορῶν ὅτι τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ θεὸν εἶναι ὁμολογεῖ.
And after other things he adds (Nr. 71): “I came across a letter of Narcissus, who presides over Neronias. He wrote it to a certain Chrestus, Euphronius and Eusebius. In it, Bishop Hosius asked him whether he said the same as Eusebius of Palestine, who says there are two beings [ousiai]. From what Narcissus wrote, I learned that he answered that he believes there are three beings.” Having said this, he moves from Narcissus to Eusebius, accusing him because he confesses that the Word of God is God.
γράφει δὲ καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα (Nr. 72) διελεῖν γὰρ τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ τολμήσας καὶ ἕτερον θεὸν τὸν λόγον ὀνομάσαι, οὐσίᾳ τε καὶ δυνάμει διεστῶτα τοῦ πατρός, εἰς ὅσην βλασφημίαν ἐκπέπτωκεν ἔνεστιν σαφῶς ἀπ’ αὐτῶν τῶν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ γραφέντων ῥητῶν ῥᾳδίως μανθάνειν.
He writes this about him as well (Nr. 72): “He has dared to divide the Word of God and to name the Word another God, set apart from the Father in being and in power. How far into blasphemy he has fallen can be easily learned from the very words he wrote.”
γέγραφεν δ’ αὐταῖς λέξεσιν οὕτως· οὐ δήπου δὲ ἡ εἰκὼν καὶ τὸ οὗ ἐστιν ἡ εἰκὼν ἓν καὶ ταὐτὸν ἐπινοεῖται, ἀλλὰ δύο μὲν οὐσίαι καὶ δύο πράγματα καὶ δύο δυνάμεις, ὡς καὶ τοσαῦται προσηγορίαι. καὶ ταῦτα ὡς καλῶς διαβάλλων προστίθησιν λέγων (Nr. 75) πῶς οὖν οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν οὗτοι τοῖς ἔξωθεν κακίστην ὁδὸν τραπέντες τὰ αὐτὰ διδάξαι τε καὶ γράψαι προὔθεντο, τοῦ μὲν Εὐσεβίου Οὐαλεντίνῳ τε καὶ Ἑρμῇ ὁμοίως εἰρηκότος, τοῦ δὲ Ναρκίσσου Μαρκίωνί τε καὶ Πλάτωνι;
He wrote, in these very words: “Surely the image and that of which it is the image are not thought of as one and the same, but as two beings, two things and two powers, as there are also so many names.” And to slander him, as if he did it well, Marcellus adds (Nr. 75): “How then did these men not turn onto the same utterly bad road as those outside, and set out to teach and write the same things? Eusebius speaks like Valentinus and Hermas, and Narcissus like Marcion and Plato.”
εἶθ’ ἑξῆς μακρὰν καὶ ἀδόλεσχον ἀπεραντολογίαν συνείρει, φάσκων ἐξ ἀκοῆς μεμαθηκέναι τὸν Εὐσέβιον ὡμιληκέναι τινὰ ἐν Λαοδικείᾳ ποτὲ γενόμενον, καὶ περὶ ὧν οὐκ ἠπίστατο ὡς ἐξ ἀκοῆς μαθὼν γράφει, καὶ ἐπισυνάπτει λέγων (Nr. 88) δέον τἀναντία μετὰ δακρύων τε καὶ πένθους πρὸς κύριον βοᾶν »ἡμάρτομεν, ἠσεβήσαμεν, ἠνομήσαμεν«, καὶ τὸ πονηρὸν ἐνώπιόν σου ἐποιήσαμεν, καὶ νῦν μεταγνόντες τῆς παρά σου τυχεῖν ἀξιοῦμεν φιλανθρωπίας.
Then he strings together a long, chattering, endless discourse. He claims that he learned by hearsay that Eusebius had once conversed with someone while staying in Laodicea, and so he writes about things he did not know, having learned them only by hearsay. He adds (Nr. 88): “They ought rather to cry out the opposite to the Lord with tears and mourning: ‘We have sinned, we have been ungodly, we have acted lawlessly,’ and ‘we have done evil in your sight,’ and now that we have repented we ask to obtain your kindness.”
ταῦθ’ ἥρμοττεν αὐτῷ, ταῦτα συνέφερεν λέγειν διὰ τὴν ἄμετρον τοῦ θεοῦ χρηστότητα καὶ φιλανθρωπίαν. καίτοι ἀκόλουθον ἦν τὸν μετὰ φιλανθρωπίας καὶ δικαιοσύνης ἐπιμελούμενον θεὸν ἀντειπεῖν λέγοντα »εἰ ἐχθρὸς ὠνείδισέν μέ, ὑπήνεγκα ἄν, καὶ εἰ ὁ μισῶν με ἐπ’ ἐμὲ ἐμεγαλορημόνησεν, ἐκρύβην ἂν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ. σύ δέ, ἄνθρωπε ἰσόψυχε, ἡγεμών μου καὶ γνωστά μου· ὃς ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ἐγλύκανάς μοι ἐδέσματα, ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπορεύθημεν ἐν ὁμονοίας«.
These were the words that suited him, and it was fitting for him to speak them, given God’s measureless kindness and love for mankind. Yet it would have followed that God, who cares with both love and justice, would answer in these words: “If an enemy had reproached me, I would have borne it; and if the one who hates me had spoken boastfully against me, I would have hidden from him. But you, a man of like soul with me, my leader and my familiar friend, you who together with me took pleasant food, we walked in the house of God in harmony.”
ὅτι γὰρ σύνεστιν ἡμῖν τοῖς αὐτοῦ λειτουργοῖς ἴσμεν ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτοῦ ῥήσεως, »ἰδοὺ« γὰρ »ἔσομαι μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔφη »πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας« τῆς ζωῆς ὑμῶν »ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνοςε«. εἶτα ἀκολούθως πάντως που καὶ τὰ ἑπόμενα τοῖς προάγουσιν ἐπήγαγεν ἂν ῥητά. »ἐλθέτω θάνατος ἐπ’ αὐτούς, καὶ καταβήτωσαν εἰς ᾅδου ζῶντες· ὅτι πονηρία ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶνς«. τοὺς γὰρ ἐν ἀχνοίᾳ τῆς ἀσεβείας ὄντας νεκροὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ ᾅδου καταπίνεσθαί φησιν ἡ γραφή· νεκροὶ γάρ, καὶ ζῆν δοκοῦντες, ἐτύγχανον 〈ὄν〉τες.
For we know from his own saying that he is present with us who serve him: “Behold,” he said, “I will be with you all the days” of your life “until the end of the age.” Then, quite consistently, he would also have added the words that follow upon the earlier ones: “Let death come upon them, and let them go down alive into Hades, for wickedness is in their hearts.” For Scripture says that those who are in the darkness of ungodliness are swallowed up by Hades as dead men; they were in fact dead, even though they seemed to be alive.
καὶ πάλιν ἑξῆς τούτοις αἰτιᾶται τὸν Εὐσέβιον, ὡς ἐν τῷ διέναι τὴν Ἀγκύραν τότε ὡμιληκότα ἐπὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ἅπερ φησὶν ἐξ ἀκοῆς μεμαθηκέναι. ἐφ’ οἷς ἀγανακτῶν τοιαῦτα γράφει (Nr. 73) ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν ἀπόστολος τοιαῦτα περὶ τῆς Γαλατῶν πίστεως γράφει· Εὐσέβιος δὲ μεταφέρων τὴν ἀποστολικὴν ἔννοιαν, δι’ ἣν τοῦθ’ ὁ ἀπόστολος τῆς προειρημένης αἰτίας ἕνεκα, » τέκνα μους« εἶπεν »οὓς πάλιν ὠδίνω ἄχρις οὑ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖνς», καθήψατο Γαλατῶν ὡς μὴ ὀρθὴν ἐχόντων περὶ θεοῦ δόξαν.
Then, next after this, he again accuses Eusebius of having, when passing through Ancyra, spoken in the church about matters which, Marcellus says, he knew only by hearsay. Angry over this, he writes the following: “But the apostle writes such things about the faith of the Galatians. Eusebius, however, twists the apostolic meaning, for the reason for which the apostle said, ‘My children, with whom I am again in labor until Christ is formed in you,’ and he has attacked the Galatians as though they did not hold a right opinion about God.”
ὤδινεν γὰρ ἀληθῶς δριμεῖάν τινα καὶ πικρὰν ὠδῖνα, ὅτι ἠπίστατο Γαλάτας περὶ θεοσεβείας μὴ ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνος δοξάζοντας, μηδὲ δύο οὐσίας τε καὶ πράγματα καὶ δυνάμεις καὶ θεοὺς λέγοντας. τήρει δὲ ταῦτα ὅπως διαλοιδορεῖται πικρῶς τῷ μηδὲν εἰρηκότι πλεῖον, ὡς αὐτὸς γράφει, ἢ τὸ ἀποστολικὸν ῥητόν. καὶ νῦν δύο μὲν θεοὺς λέγειν τὸν Εὐσέβιον ὁμολογεῖ, ὡς ἂν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ θεολογοῦντα σὺν τῷ πατρί· προϊὼν δ’ ἐν τοῖς ἕξῆς, ὥσπερ ἐπιλελησμένος ὧν ἐνταῦθα κατηγόρηκεν, τὸν αὐτὸν πειρᾶται διαβάλλειν ὡς ψιλὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν Χριστὸν εἶναι λέγοντα.
For the apostle was truly in labor, with a sharp and bitter pain, because he knew that the Galatians did not hold the same opinion about godliness as that man does, nor speak of two substances, two things, two powers and two gods. But observe how bitterly he abuses a man who, as he himself writes, said nothing more than the apostolic saying. And now he admits that Eusebius speaks of two gods, as if I were declaring the Son of God to be God together with the Father. But going on in what follows, as if he had forgotten what he accused me of here, he tries to slander the same man by saying that he calls Christ a mere man.
ἑξῆς δὲ τοῖς προκειμένοις ἐπισυνάπτει πολλήν τινα καὶ μακρὰν φλυαρίαν, τά τε ὄντα τά τε μὴ ὄντα ἑαυτῷ συνείρων, μονονουχὶ κατὰ τοὺς φήσαντας τὰ χείλη ἡμῶν παρ’ ἡμῶν ἐστιν· τίς ἡμῶν κύριός ἐστιντ«;
Next, after what has been set out, he attaches a great deal of long-winded nonsense, stringing together things that are and things that are not, almost like those who said, “Our lips are our own; who is lord over us?”
δι’ ὧν δείκνυται, καθὼς ἀρχόμενος ἔφην τοῦ συγγράμματος, ἐξ ὑπερβαλλούσης ἔχθρας τε καὶ μισαδελφίας ἐπιπηδήσας τῇ γραφῇ. μεταβὰς δ’ ἐκ τούτων Ἀστέριον αὖθις τραγῳδεῖ, μακρὰν ἀποτείνων καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ διήγησιν, ὅπως τε ἀποδημεῖ, καὶ ποῖ καὶ πότε καὶ πρὸς τίνας. καὶ τούτου δὲ ἀφέμενος αὖθις ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἄνδρα Παυλνον τρέπεται, ταῦτα γράφων αὐτοῖς ῥήμασιν
By this it is shown, as I said at the beginning of the treatise, that he pounced on the writing out of excessive hatred and hostility toward his brothers. Moving on from this, he again makes a tragic show of Asterius, drawing out a long account about him: how he travels abroad, and where, and when, and to whom. Leaving that too, he turns once more to the man of God Paulinus, writing in these very words:
(Nr. 33) τούτοις δὲ τοῖς ῥητοῖς καὶ ὁ τούτου πατὴρ πειθόμενος Παυλῖνος, ταὐτὰ λέγειν τε καὶ γράφειν οὐκ ὀκνεῖ, ποτὲ μὲν δεύτερον θεὸν λέγων τὸν Χριστὸν καὶ τοῦτον ἀνθρωπικῶτερον γεχενῆσθαι θεόν, ποτὲ δὲ κτίσμα αὐτὸν εἶναι διοριζόμενος. ὅτι δὲ τοῦθ’ οὕτως ἔχει, καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ποτε, τὴν Ἀγκύραν διών, κτίσμα εἶναι τὸν Χριστὸν ἔφασκεν.
“Paulinus, the father of this man, was persuaded by these sayings and does not hesitate to say and write the same things. Sometimes he calls Christ a second god, and says that he became god in a more human way; at other times he defines him as a created thing. That this is so, he once said to us, when he passed through Ancyra, that Christ is a created thing.”
καὶ πάλιν μυθολογῶν διειλέχθαι τῷ Παυλίνῳ φησίν. ἔπειτα διαβάλλει τὸν μακάριον ὡς θεοὺς πολλοὺς εἰρηκότα, καὶ καταλιπὼν τὸν Παυλῖνον πάλιν τῷ Εὐσεβίῳ σχολάζει φάσκων (Nr. 74) οὕτω δὲ καὶ Εὐσέβιος ὁ τῆς Καισαρείας γέγραφεν καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχων Παυλίνῳ τε καὶ τοῖς ἔξωθεν περὶ θεῶν δόξαν.
And again, telling a story, he says that he talked with Paulinus. Then he slanders the blessed man as having spoken of many gods. Leaving Paulinus, he turns again to Eusebius, saying: “So too Eusebius of Caesarea has written, holding himself the same opinion about gods as Paulinus and those outside the faith.”
γέγραφεν γὰρ οὐχ ὡς ὄντος μόνου θεοῦ, ἀλλ’ ἑνὸς ὄντος τοῦ μόνου ἀληθινοῦ θεοῦ. ὅθεν τοίνυν μαθὼν καὶ ὁ Ἀστερίου πατὴρ Παυλῖνος νεωτέρους θεοὺς εἶναι ᾤετο. καὶ ἐν τούτοις δὲ ὡς θεῶν δόξας εἰσάγοντας αἰτιᾶται, ἀρνούμενος αὐτὸς τὴν θεότητα τοῦ υἱοῦ. καὶ παραθέμενος τὴν Εὐσεβίου λέξιν 〈οὐ〉 συνίησιν ὡς οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῦ ἡ τὸν πατέρα μόνον ἀληθινὸν θεὸν διδάσκουσα φωνή,
For he wrote, not as if there were only one God, but as if there were one who is the only true God. Learning this from him, Paulinus, the father of Asterius, supposed that there were younger gods. In these words he also accuses us of bringing in opinions of gods, while he himself denies the divinity of the Son. And having set down Eusebius’s wording, he fails to understand that the voice teaching that the Father is the only true God was not Eusebius’s own,
τοῦ δὲ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν τοῦ εἰρηκότος »ἵνα γινώσκωσίν σε τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν θεόν«. καὶ μεθ’ ἕτερα προστίθησιν λέγων (Nr. 27) ἐπεὶ πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐκ τῶν θείων δυνήσονται δεῖξαι ῥητῶν, ὅτι εἷς μὲν ἀγέννητος, εἷς δὲ γεννητὸς οὕτως, ὡς αὐτοὶ γεγεννῆσθαι αὐτὸν πεπιστεύκασιν, οὔτε προφητῶν οὕτε εὐαγγελιστῶν ἢ ἀποστόλων τοῦτ’ εἰρηκότων;
but that of our Savior, who said, “that they may know you, the only true God.” And after other matters he adds, saying: “For from where will they be able to show us, from the divine sayings, that one is unbegotten and one is begotten in the way that they themselves have believed he was begotten, when neither prophets nor evangelists nor apostles have said this?”
εἶθ’, ὥσπερ ἐν ἄθλοις ἀπογραψάμενος ὁμοῦ πρὸς ἅπαντας 〈δι〉απληκτίσασθαι, μεταβαίνει ἐπὶ τὸν Νάρκισσον καί [Greek lost here; only the Latin survives] ὥστε κἂν ἐκεῖνό τις λέγῃ, κατασκευάζων πρῶτον εἶναι θεὸν καὶ δεύτερον, ὡς Νάρκισσος αὐταῖς λέξεσιν γέγραφεν
Then, as though he had entered himself in the games to fight against everyone at once, he moves on to Narcissus and says: “So even if someone says that, arguing that there is a first god and a second, as Narcissus has written in these very words,”
(οὐδὲ γὰρ συγχωρεῖ ὁ λέγων »ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ’ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθ’ ὁμοίωσιν«), ὅτι μὲν αὐτὸς καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ δύο εἰσίν, αὐτοῦ τοῦ κυρίου μαρτυροῦντος καὶ τῶν ἁγίων γραφῶν ἐκ μέρους ἠκούσαμεν. εἰ τοίνυν Νάρκισσος διὰ τοῦτο διαιρεῖν δυνάμει τὸν λόγον τοῦ πατρὸς ἐθέλοι, γνώτω ὅτι ὁ γράψας προφήτης ὡς τοῦ θεοῦ εἰρηκότος »ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ’ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθ’ ὁμοίωσιν«, αὐτὸς γέγραφεν »καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον«.
(For the one who says, “Let us make man in our image and likeness,” does not allow it.) That he himself and his Father are two, we have heard in part from the Lord himself and from the holy Scriptures, who bear witness to it. If, then, Narcissus wished on this account to divide the Word from the Father in power, let him know that the prophet who wrote that God said, “Let us make man in our image and likeness,” himself wrote, “And God made man.”
καὶ μεταβὰς ἀπὸ Ναρκίσσου ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀστέριον ταῦτα γράφει (Nr. 63) ἓν γὰρ εἶναι καὶ ταὐτὸν Ἀστέριος κατὰ τοῦτο ἀπεφήνατο μόνον τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν υἱόν, καθ’ ὃ ἐν πᾶσιν συμφωνοῦσιν. οὕτω γὰρ ἔφη· καὶ διὰ τὴν ἐν πᾶσιν λόγοις τε καὶ ἔργοις ἀκριβῇ συμφωνίαν »ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν«. καὶ πάλιν τοῦ Εὐσεβίου καθάπτεται λέγων (Nr. 89) ἄνθρωπον γὰρ τὸν σωτῆρα εἶναι βούλονται· δῆλον δὲ ἀφ’ ὧν πανούργως τὰ τοῦ ἀποστόλου ῥητὰ Εὐσέβιος πρὸς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ μετήνεγκεν βούλημα.
Then, moving on from Narcissus to Asterius, he writes these things: “Asterius declared that the Father and the Son are one and the same only in this respect, that they agree in everything. For he said it this way: ‘Because of their exact agreement in all words and works, “I and the Father are one.”’” And again he attacks Eusebius, saying: “For they want the Saviour to be a man. This is clear from the way Eusebius craftily twisted the words of the apostle to suit his own purpose.”
ὡς γὰρ ἐκ παλαιᾶς τινος ὠδῖνος μεγίστην ἀποκυῆσαι βουλόμενος βλασφημίαν, »ἐξέχεεν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἰδίου θησαυροῦ« κατὰ τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος ῥῆσιν »τὸ πονηρόν«.
He speaks as if he wished to bring to birth, from some old labor pain, the greatest blasphemy. In the words of the Saviour, he “brought forth from his own treasure” what is “evil.”
ἄνθρωπον γὰρ μόνον τὸν σωτῆρα δεῖξαι βουλόμενος, ὡς μέγιστον ἡμῖν ἀπόρρητον τοῦ ἀποστόλου ἀνακαλύπτων μυστήριον, οὕτως ἔφη· διὸ σαφέστατα καὶ ὁ θεῖος ἀπόστολος τὴν ἀπόρρητον ἡμῖν καὶ μυστικὴν παραδιδοὺς θεολογίαν βοᾷ καὶ κέκραγεν »εἷς ὁ θεός«, εἶτα μετὰ τὸν ἕνα θεόν φησιν »εῖς μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων, ἄνθρωπος Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς«.
Wishing to show that the Saviour is only a man, and as if he were uncovering for us some great secret mystery of the apostle, he spoke as follows: “Therefore the divine apostle, handing down to us the secret and mystical teaching about God, most plainly cries out and shouts, ‘One God’; then after the one God he says, ‘one mediator between God and men, the man Christ Jesus.’”
25 εἰ τοίνυν ἄνθρωπον αὐτὸν εἶναί φησιν τῇ κατὰ σάρκα αὐτοῦ μόνῃ προσέχων οἰκονομίᾳ, πάντως κἀκεῖνο συνομολογεῖ, τὸ μηδὲ ἔχειν ἐλπίδα ἐπ’ αὐτόν. »ἐπικατάρατος«; γὰρ »ἄνθρωπος« ὁ προφήτης Ἱερεμίας ἔφη »ὃς τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχει ἐπ’ ἄνθρωπον«.
If, then, he says that Christ is a man, looking only at his dispensation in the flesh, he must surely agree with this too: that one should not place hope in him. For the prophet Jeremiah said, “Cursed is the man who has his hope in man.”
ὁρᾶς ὅπως ἡ κακία τυφλώττει. τότε γοῦν αὐτὸς μαρτυρήσας θεὸν ὁμολογοῦντι τὸν υἱόν, μεμψάμενός τε ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὡς θεὸν οὐσίᾳ καὶ δυνάμει ὑφεστῶτα τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον εἰσάγοντι, νῦν τὸν αὐτὸν συκοφαντεῖ ὡς ψιλὸν ἄνθρωπον λέγοντα εἶναι τὸν Χριστόν, προφανῶς καταψευδόμενος ἔν τε οἷς εἴρηκεν καὶ ἐν οἷς ἑξῆς ἐπάγει αὐθις περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγων (Nr. 90) ἀλλ’ ὁ προειρημένος, βραχέα τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν φροντίσας, ὡς ἀπόρρητόν τινα καὶ λανθάνουσαν τοῦ ἀποστόλου θεολογίαν ἐξηχούμενος, »εἷς θεὸς«; ἔφη »εῖς καὶ μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων, ἄνθρωπος Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς«.
You see how wickedness is blind. For at one time he himself bore witness against the man who confesses the Son as God, and blamed him for this, saying he brought in the Word of God as God subsisting in being and power. Now he slanders the same man as saying that Christ is a mere man. He plainly lies both in what he has already said and in what he adds next about him, saying again: “But the man mentioned above, paying little attention to the holy prophets, and sounding forth as if he were revealing some secret and hidden teaching about God from the apostle, said, ‘One God, and one mediator between God and men, the man Christ Jesus.’”
5 καὶ ὁ ταῦτα γράψας καὶ σφόδρα ἐπὶ τῷ μεμνῆσθαι τῶν γραφῶν 6029 μεγαλαυχῶν οὐκ ἐνενόησεν ὅτι ὁ τοῦτο γράψας ἁγιώτατος ἀπόστολος κἀκεῖνο γέγραφεν »ὃς ἐν μορφῇ θεοῦ ὑπάρχων οὐχ ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγήσατο τὸ εἶναι ἴσα θεῷ, ἀλλ’ ἐκένωσεν ἑαυτόν, μορφὴν δούλου λαβών, ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπου γενόμενος καὶ σχήματι εὑρεθεὶς ὡς ἄνθρωπος«.
The man who wrote this, boasting loudly of remembering the Scriptures, did not consider that the most holy apostle who wrote this also wrote that other saying: “Who, being in the form of God, did not consider it robbery to be equal with God, but emptied himself, taking the form of a servant, becoming in the likeness of man, and being found in appearance as a man.”
ὁρᾷς ὅπως (ὥσπερ προϊδὼν τῷ πνεύματι τὴν τούτων κακουργίαν) ὁ ἱερὸς ἀπόστολος οὕτως ἐν ἑτέρῳ μέρει τὸ »ὡς ἄνθρωπος« ἔγραψεν καὶ »ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπου γενόμενος«, ἵνα παύσῃ αὐτῶν τὴν τοσαύτην βλασφημίαν. καὶ μεθ’ ἕτερα τὸν αὐτὸν συκοφαντεῖ ὧδέ [Greek lost here; only the Latin survives] πῶς οὖν τούτοις μὴ προσχὼν Εὐσέβιος μόνον ἄνθρωπον τὸν σωτῆρᾳ εἶναι βούλεται;
You see how the holy apostle, as though he had foreseen by the Spirit the wickedness of these men, wrote elsewhere “as a man” and “becoming in the likeness of man,” to put a stop to such great blasphemy of theirs. And after other things he slanders the same man in this way: “How then, since Eusebius does not attend to these things, does he want the Saviour to be only a man?”
οὐ φανερῶς μὲν τοῦτο λέγειν τολμῶν, τοῦτο δὲ βουλόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν ἰδίων ἐλέγχεται ῥήσεων. καὶ ὁ ταῦτα εἰπὼν τὸν αὐτὸν κατεμέμφετο ὡς θεὸν ἀναγορεύοντα τὸν υἱόν, γράφων οὕτως (Nr. 72) διελεῖν γὰρ τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ τολμήσας, καὶ ἕτερον θεὸν τὸν λόχον ὀνομάσας, οὐσίᾳ τε καὶ δυνάμει διεστῶτα τοῦ πατρός, εἰς ὅσην βλασφημίαν ἐκπέπτωκεν.
He does not dare to say this openly, but he wants it, and he is refuted by his own words. And the man who said these things also blamed the same Eusebius for proclaiming the Son as God, writing thus: “For having dared to divide the Word of God, and having named the Word another God, standing apart from the Father in being and power, into what great blasphemy he has fallen.”
25 τοσαῦτα καὶ τούτων ἔτι μακρῷ πλείονα, οὐ κατὰ μόνων τῶν ἐπισκόπων, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τῆς ὑγιοῦς καὶ ἐκκλησιαστικῆς πίστεως ἐκθέμενος Μάρκελλος, δῆλος ἂν εἴη ὁποίας αὐτὸς ὑπῆρχεν προαιρέσεως. ὅτι δ’ οὐδὲν τῆς ἀληθείας ἔμελεν τῷ ἀνδρί, μάθοις ἂν αὐταῖς ἐντυχὼν ταῖς τῶν ἐπισκόπων ἐπιστολαῖς, ἐν αἷς εὑρήσεις αὐτὸν τὸ μὲν πᾶν σῶμα τῆς διανοίας τῶν λέξεων ἀκρωτηριάζοντα καὶ τὸν μὲν πάντα εἱρμὸν ἀποκρύπτοντα, ῥηματίων δὲ ἀντιλαμβανόμενον καὶ τούτων κακούργως ποιούμενον τὴν διαβολήν.
Marcellus has set out so many such charges, and many more besides, not only against the bishops but against the sound faith of the Church. It would be clear what his own purpose was. That the man cared nothing for the truth, you could learn by reading the bishops’ letters themselves. There you will find him cutting off the limbs from the whole body of the meaning of their words, hiding the whole connected argument, and seizing on little phrases, from which he makes his accusation dishonestly.
αὐτίκα γοῦν συκοφαντεῖ τὸν Εὐσέβιον ἐκ τοῦ προφανοῦς, ὡς ψιλὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν Χριστὸν εἰρηκότα, ἐπειδὴ τῆς ἀποστολικῆς φωνῆς ἐν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἐπιστολῇ τὴν παράθεσιν πεποίηται, δι’ ἧς αὐτὸς εἶπεν ὁ ἀπόστολος »εἷς γὰρ ὁ θεός, εἷς καὶ μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων, ἄνθρωπος Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς«.
For example, he openly slanders Eusebius as having said that Christ is a mere man, because in his letter he quoted the apostolic saying in which the apostle himself said, “For there is one God, and one mediator between God and men, the man Christ Jesus.”
ταύτην μὲν οὖν τὴν ἀποστολικὴν λέξιν ὡσανεὶ Εὐσεβίου οὖσαν, διαβέβληκεν μὴ συνιεὶς ὁ σοφώτατος ὅτι τὸν ἀπόστολον διέβαλλεν· τὰς δ’ αὐτοῦ φωνὰς τὰς ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ φερομένας ἐπιστολῇ, τάς τε ἐν τοῖς λοιποῖς αὐτοῦ συγγράμμασιν τοῖς εἰς τὰς θείας γραφὰς πεπονημένοις, ἃ δὴ κατὰ πάντα τόπον διαδέδοται, σιωπῇ παραδέδωκεν, κρύψας τῇ σιωπῇ ἃ μὴ ‹ἦν› συκοφαντεῖν.
So Marcellus attacked this apostolic saying as though it were Eusebius’s own. In his great wisdom he did not see that he was really attacking the apostle. But he passed over in silence Eusebius’s own words in that same letter, and those in his other writings on the divine Scriptures, which have been circulated everywhere. By his silence he hid whatever he could not slander.
τὸ ὅμοιον δ’ ἂν εὕροι τις αὐτὸν πεποιηκότα καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ὧν διαβέβληκεν γραμμάτων. ἃ δή, λόγου συμμετρίας φειδόμενοι, τοῖς ἐθέλουσιν τὴν τούτων ἀκριβῆ ποιεῖσθαι διάγνωσιν παραχωρήσομεν, σπεύδοντες αὐτοὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ Μαρκέλλου περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ξενοφωνίαν ἤδη λοιπὸν ἀποκαλύψαι, ὡς ἂν φανερὸν γένοιτο τοῖς πᾶσιν ὅπως αὐτὸς ἐφρόνει περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ.
One could find him doing the same thing with the other writings he has attacked. To keep this work in proportion, I will leave these to those who want to examine them closely. I am eager now to expose Marcellus’s own strange teaching about the Son of God, so that everyone may see plainly what he himself thought about the Son of God.
Book 2
Table of contents
Β’. αʹ ὅπως Μάρκελλος μήτε εἶναι μήτε προϋπάρχειν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ πρὸ τῆς ἐκ παρθένου γεννήσεως ἐδόξαζεν. βʹ ὅπως Μάρκελλος ἐφρόνει περὶ τοῦ ἐν τῷ θεῶ λόγου. γʹ ὅπως ἐφρόνει Μάρκελλος περὶ τῆς σαρκὸς ἧς ἀνείληφεν ὁ λόγος. δ΄ ὁποῖον Μάρκελλος ἐπάγει τέλος τῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ βασιλείᾳ καὶ τῇ σαρκὶ ᾗ ἀνείληφεν.
Book 2. 1. How Marcellus held that the Son of God neither exists nor existed before his birth from the virgin. 2. What Marcellus thought about the Word in God. 3. What Marcellus thought about the flesh which the Word took up. 4. What kind of end Marcellus brings upon the kingdom of Christ and upon the flesh he took up.
Chapter 1
Τὴν τοῦ Γαλάτου πίστιν ἢ καὶ μᾶλλον τὴν ἀπιστίαν τὴν εἰς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ. καιρὸς ἤδη καλεῖ μετὰ τὴν ἔκθεσιν τῶν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ διαβληθέντων εἰς φῶς ἀγαγεῖν, καὶ τὴν χρόνοις μακροῖς ἐνδομυχήσασαν τῷ ἀνδρὶ κακοδοξίαν βραχὺ περιελθόντας τοῦ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς προσχήματος ἀπογυμνῶσαι. δεῖξαί τε τοῖς πᾶσιν διὰ τῆς τῶν αὐτοῦ φωνῶν μαρτυρίας οἷός τις ὢν τῆς Χριστοῦ καθηγεῖτο ἐκκλησίας ἄνθρωπος μήτε εἶναι μήτε προϋφεστάναι μήτε ὅλως πώποτε υἱὸν ὑπάρξαι τῷ θεῷ πρὸ τοῦ τεχθῆναι διὰ τῆς παρθένου δοξάζων, αὐτὸ δὲ μόνον εἶναι λόγον φάσκων, συμφυᾶ τῷ θεῷ, ἀιδίως αὐτῷ συνόντα καὶ ἡνωμένον, οἷος ἂν εἴη καὶ ὁ ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ λόγος.
Now that I have set out what he slandered, the time calls me to bring into the light the faith of the Galatian, or rather his unbelief toward the Son of God. For a long time this false teaching lay hidden in the man. I must go briefly around the pretext of his letter and strip it bare. I must show everyone, through the testimony of his own words, what sort of man was leading the church of Christ. He held that the Son of God neither is, nor was before, nor ever at all existed as a Son to God before he was born through the virgin. He says there is only a Word, of one nature with God, eternally with him and united to him, just as the word in a man would be.
τούτῳ γὰρ αὐτὸς χρῆται τῷ παραδείγματι, λόγον εἶναι φήσας ἔνδον ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ θεῷ, ποτὲ μὲν ἡσυχάζοντα, ποτὲ δὲ σημαντικῶς ἐνεργοῦντα, μόνῃ τε ἐνεργείᾳ προϊόντα τοῦ πατρός, ὡς ἂν καὶ ἡμεῖς τι προστάττοντες ἐν τῷ λέγειν τι καὶ λαλεῖν ἐνεργήσαιμεν. ὅτι δ’ οὐκ ἄν τις οὕτω γε εἴποι υἱὸν εἶναι τὸν σημαντικὸν καὶ ἐνεργητικὸν λόγον παντί τῳ δῆλον. ὁ δὲ τοῦτο δοὺς ἐπὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐκ οἶδ’ ὅπως τὸν μὴ ὑφεστῶτα λόγον τὴν σάρκα ἀνειληφέναι καὶ ἐνεργῆσαι ἐν αὐτῇ φησιν
For he himself uses this example. He says there is a Word within God himself, at one time at rest, at another time active in expressing something. This Word comes forth only as an activity of the Father, just as we, when we give a command, act by saying and speaking something. But it is plain to everyone that nobody could call the expressive and active word a Son in this sense. Yet having granted this about God, I do not know how he says that this Word, which has no real existence, took flesh and was active in it.
καὶ τότε Χριστὸν γενέσθαι καὶ Ἰησοῦν καὶ βασιλέα καὶ εἰκόνα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἀγαπητὸν καὶ υἱὸν δεδοξασμένον, καὶ δὴ καὶ πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως, μὴ ὄντα πρότερον, τότε γενέσθαι καίπερ οὐχ ὑφεστῶτα· τὸ δὲ παράδοξον τοῦ λόγου, ἄρξασθαί γε ἀπὸ τετρακοσίων οὐδὲ ὅλων ἐτῶν τούτων ἁπάντων καὶ πάλιν τούτων ἀθρόως παυθήσεσθαι μετὰ τὸν τῆς κρίσεως καιρόν, τοῦ μὲν λόγου ἑνουμένου τῷ θεῷ, ὡς μηδὲν ἕτερον εἶναι πλὴν τοῦ θεοῦ, τῆς δὲ σαρκὸς ἧς ἀνείληφεν ἐρήμου καταλειφθησομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου, ὡς μήτε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ τότε ὑφεστάναι, μήτε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὃν ἀνείληφεν.
He says that only then did he become Christ and Jesus and King and image of God and Beloved and glorified Son, and indeed firstborn of all creation. Though he did not exist before, he then came to be, even though he had no real existence. And here is the strange part of the account: all this begins less than four hundred years ago, and again all of it will suddenly cease after the time of judgment. The Word will be united with God, so that he is nothing other than God. But the flesh he took up will be left abandoned by the Word. So at that time neither the Son of God will exist, nor the Son of Man whom he took up.
15 καὶ δὴ εἰς τοῦτο τέλους καταστρέφει, ὥσπερ κεκωφωμένος καὶ μήτε τοῦ ἀγγέλου Γαβριὴλ ἀκούων, εὐαγγελιζομένου τὴν θεοτόκον σαφῶς τε καὶ διαρρήδην περὶ τοῦ ἐξ αὐτῆς τεχθησομένου καὶ »ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυὶδ κατὰ σάρκα« προελευσομένου φάσκοντος »ἰδοὺ συλλήψῃ ἐν γαστρὶ καὶ τέξῃ υἱόν, καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν. οὗτος ἔσται μέγας καὶ υἱὸς ὑψίστου κληθήσεται, καὶ δώσει αὐτῷ κύριος ὁ θεὸς τὸν θρόνον Δαυὶδ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ βασιλεύσει ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον Ἰακὼβ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔσται τέλος«, μήτε Δανιὴλ τοῦ μεγάλου προφήτου τὰς φωνὰς συνιείς, αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἐπισφραγιζομένου δι’ ὧν ἐν θείῳ πνεύματι προεφώνει λέγων »καὶ ἰδοὺ μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενος ἦν, καὶ ἕως τοῦ παλαιοῦ τῶν ἡμερῶν ἔφθασεν· καὶ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ προσηνέχθη.
He brings it to this end as though he were deaf. He does not hear the angel Gabriel, who plainly and explicitly announced to the Mother of God the one who would be born of her and who would come “from the seed of David according to the flesh.” The angel said, “Behold, you will conceive in the womb and bear a son, and you will call his name Jesus. He will be great and will be called Son of the Most High, and the Lord God will give him the throne of David his father, and he will reign over the house of Jacob forever, and of his kingdom there will be no end.” Nor does he understand the words of the great prophet Daniel, who confirms these very things when he spoke beforehand in the Holy Spirit: “And behold, with the clouds of heaven one like a son of man was coming, and he reached the Ancient of Days, and was brought before him.
καὶ αὐτῷ ἐδόθη ‹ἡ› ἀρχὴ καὶ ἡ τιμὴ καὶ ἡ βασιλεία, καὶ πάντες οἱ λαοί, φυλαί, γλῶσσαι αὐτῷ δουλεύσουσιν· ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτοῦ ἐξουσία αἰώνιος ἥτις οὐ παρελεύσεται, καὶ ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ οὐ διαφθαρήσεται«. ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ Ἡσαΐας αὐτὸν ἔπεισεν, περὶ τῆς ἀτελευτήτου βασιλείας τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὧδε καὶ αὐτὸς θεσπίζων »ὅτι παιδίον ἐγεννήθη ἡμῖν, υἱὸς καὶ ἐδόθη ἡμῖν,
And to him was given the rule and the honor and the kingdom, and all peoples, tribes and tongues will serve him. His authority is an everlasting authority which will not pass away, and his kingdom will not be destroyed.” But Isaiah did not persuade him either, who likewise prophesies here about the endless kingdom of the Son of Man: “For a child has been born to us, a son has also been given to us,
οὗ ἡ ἀρχὴ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὤμου αὐτοῦ, καὶ καλεῖται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ μεγάλης βουλῆς ἄγγελος, θαυμαστὸς σύμβουλος, θεὸς ἰσχυρὸς ἐξουσιαστής, ἄρχων εἰρήνης, πατὴρ τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος. ἄξω γὰρ εἰρήνην καὶ ὑγίειαν αὐτῷ.
“...whose rule is upon his shoulder. His name is called Messenger of Great Counsel, Wonderful Counselor, Mighty God, Ruler, Prince of Peace, Father of the age to come. For I will bring peace and health to him.”
μεγάλη ἡ ἀρχὴ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς εἰρήνης αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔσται τέλος, ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον Δαυὶδ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ, τοῦ κατορθῶσαι αὐτὴν καὶ ἀντιλαβέσθαι ἐν κρίματι καὶ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας«.
“Great is his dominion, and of his peace there will be no end, upon the throne of David and over his kingdom, to set it right and to uphold it with judgment and with righteousness, from now and forever.”
τούτοις γοῦν σύμφωνα ἦν καὶ ἅπερ ὁ Γαβριὴλ τὴν παρθένον εὐηγγελίζετο, »εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας« βασιλεύσειν τὸν ἐξ αὐτῆς λέγων »καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ« μὴ ἔσεσθαι τέλος. Μάρκελλος δὲ ὅπως τούτοις ἅπασιν ἐναντία γράφειν ἐτόλμα, μάθοις ἂν ἐκ τῶν αὐτοῦ φωνῶν, δι’ ὧν ὁμοῦ τὴν θεότητα καὶ τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ἠρνεῖτο καινότερον ἢ κατὰ πᾶσαν ἄθεον αἵρεσιν.
In agreement with these words was what Gabriel announced to the virgin, saying that the one born of her would reign “forever” and that there would be no end “of his kingdom.” Yet Marcellus dared to write against all of this. You can learn how from his own words, in which he denied both the divinity and the humanity of the Son of God, in a way more novel than any godless heresy.
τῶν γὰρ ἑτεροδόξων οἱ μὲν μὴ προεῖναι μηδὲ προϋπάρχειν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ φάντες, ἄνθρωπον εἶναι αὐτὸν τοῖς λοιποῖς ὅμοιον ὑποθέμενοι ἐξ ἀνθρώπου, υἱοθεσία τετιμῆσθαι αὐτὸν ἔφασαν, καὶ τοῦτο δόντες ἀθάνατον καὶ ἀτελεύτητον αὐτῷ τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν καὶ βασιλείαν αἰώνιον ὡμολογήκασιν· οἱ δὲ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀρνησάμενοι υἱὸν εἶναι θεοῦ θεὸν προόντα ὑπεστήσαντο. ἀλλ’ οἱ μὲν τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἀλλότριοι μέχρι τοσούτου πλάνης ἤλασαν. ὁ δὲ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τοῦ θεοῦ τοσούτοις καθηγησάμενος χρόνοις τὴν ὕπαρξιν ⟨ἀν⟩αιρεῖ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῷ ⟨τε⟩ αὐτοῦ λειτουργήσας θυσιαστηρίῳ ἑαυτὸν μὲν αἰωνίου καὶ ἀθανάτου ζωῆς τεύξεσθαι τάχα που πιστεύει, τὸν δ’ ἀρχιερέα ταύτης ἀποστερεῖ.
Among those who hold other doctrines, some said that the Son of God did not exist beforehand or pre-exist. They supposed him to be a man like the rest, who was honored from being a man by adoption as a son. Yet even they, having granted this, acknowledged that he has an immortal and unending honor, glory and eternal kingdom. Others, denying that the man is the Son of God, asserted that God was pre-existent. But those outside the church went in their error only that far. This man, however, who led the church of God for so many years, [does away with] the existence of the Son of God. He served at the church’s altar, and presumably believes that he himself will obtain eternal and immortal life, yet he robs the High Priest of it.
ἔχομεν δὲ »ἀρχιερέα μέγαν« κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον »διεληλυθότα τοὺς οὐρανούς, Ἰησοῦν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ«, ὃν οὔτε προεῖναι οὔτε προϋφεστάναι τολμᾷ λέγειν, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ ἔσεσθαι μηδὲ τοῖς ἁγίοις τοῦ θεοῦ συνέσεσθαι κατ’ αὐτὴν ἐκείνην τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τῆς τῶν οὐρανῶν βασιλείας. τηνικαῦτα γὰρ τῶν ἁγίων ἁπάντων μεθεξόντων τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ βασιλείας ἐν ἀφθάρτοις καὶ ἀθανάτοις σώμασιν, μόνον τὸν Χριστὸν καὶ τὴν σάρκα ἣν ἀνείληφεν ἀποστερεῖ αὐτῆς.
But we have, as the apostle says, “a great high priest who has passed through the heavens, Jesus the Son of God.” Marcellus does not dare to say that he pre-existed or existed beforehand. Nor will he say that he will continue to exist, or be with God’s saints according to that very promise of the kingdom of heaven. For at that time, when all the saints will share in the kingdom of God in incorruptible and immortal bodies, he deprives Christ alone, and the flesh he took on, of it.
καὶ οὐ φρίττει τὸν ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ἀναστάσεως, τὸν τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς τοῖς πᾶσιν αἴτιον, ἐκπεσεῖσθαι τῆς βασιλείας οὐ μόνον. ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς ζωῆς ἀποφαινόμενος· ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις ὀφθαλμοὺς μὲν δῷ, φῶς δὲ τὸ τῆς τούτων χορηγὸν ἐκλάμψεως ἀνέλοι. καὶ οὔτε ὁ τοσοῦτος τοῦ θεοῦ ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ οὔτε ὁ μέγας προφήτης Δανιὴλ, περὶ οὑ ἐλέχθη »μὴ σύ σοφώτερος εἶ τοῦ Δανιήλ;« οὔτε ὁ τοσοῦτος Ἡσαΐας οὔθ’ ὁ λοιπὸς τῶν προφητῶν χορὸς τοιαῦτα μὴ γράφειν μηδὲ φρονεῖν τὸν ἄνδρα ἔπεισαν,
And he does not shudder to declare that the Founder of the resurrection, the cause of eternal life for all, will fall away not only from the kingdom but even from life itself. It is as if someone gave eyes but took away the light that supplies their radiance. Neither Gabriel, so great an angel of God, nor the great prophet Daniel, of whom it was said, “Are you wiser than Daniel?”, nor the great Isaiah, nor the rest of the company of the prophets, persuaded the man not to write or think such things.
οὔτ’ αὐτοὶ Ἰουδαῖοι, παρ’ οἷς ὁ προσδοκώμενος εἰσέτι νῦν Χριστός, ὃν Ἠλειμμένον καλεῖν εἰώθασιν, ἀγήρω τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ 〈ἀ〉θάνατον ἕξειν ἐλπίζεται. ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτων γέγονε χείρων ὁ καὶ εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν ὁμοῦ καὶ εἰς τὸ τέλος τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀσεβῆσαι τολμήσας ὃν οὐδ’ αὐτὸς ὁ θεῖος ἀπόστολος κατεδυσώπησεν μὴ τοιαῦτα ἀσεβεῖν, ἄντικρυς λέγων »πιστὸς ὁ λόγος· εἰ γὰρ συναπεθάνομεν, καὶ συζήσομεν· εἰ ὑπομένομεν, καὶ συμβασιλεύσομεν«, καὶ κληρονόμους μὲν ἡμᾶς ἔσεσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐ μὴν δίχα Χριστοῦ, »κληρονόμοι« γάρ φησιν
Not even the Jews themselves did so. Among them the Christ, whom they still await and are accustomed to call the Anointed, is expected to have an ageless and deathless kingdom. Yet this man has become worse even than these, daring to be impious about both the beginning and the end of the Son of God. Not even the divine apostle moved him to stop such impiety, though he said plainly, “The saying is trustworthy: if we died with him, we will also live with him; if we endure, we will also reign with him.” He said that we will be heirs of God, though not apart from Christ. For he says, “heirs
»θεοῦ, συγκληρονόμοι δὲ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἴπερ συμπάσχομεν ἵνα καὶ συνδοξασθῶμεν«. καὶ πάλιν »εἰ δὲ ἀπεθάνομεν« φησὶν »σὺν Χριστῷ, πιστεύομεν ὅτι καὶ συζήσομεν αὐτῷ, εἰδότες ὅτι Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει· θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύσει«,
of God, and fellow heirs with Christ, if indeed we suffer with him so that we may also be glorified with him.” And again he says, “But if we died with Christ, we believe that we will also live with him, knowing that Christ, raised from the dead, no longer dies; death no longer rules over him.”
καὶ αὖθις »τὸ δὲ χάρισμα τοῦ θεοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιος ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ ἡμῶν«. οὐκοῦν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ οὐκ ἄλλως ἡμῖν πορισθήσεται ἢ »ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ ἡμῶν«· καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς ἡμῶν οὐχ ἁπλῶς ζῆσαι, ἀλλὰ σὺν αὐτῷ δοξασθῆναι καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ κληρονομῆσαι καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ βασιλεῦσαι· πάντα γὰρ ἡμῖν ἐκ τῆς αὐτοῦ κοινωνίας ὑπάρξει.
And again: “But the gift of God is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord.” So eternal life will be provided for us in no other way than “in Christ Jesus our Lord.” Our hope is not simply to live, but to be glorified with him, to inherit with him and to reign with him. For everything will be ours from sharing in him.
ὃ διδάσκει ὁ αὐτὸς φήσας »πιστὸς ὁ θεός, δι’ οὗ ἐκλήθητε εἰς κοινωνίαν τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν«. τίς δ’ ἡ κοινωνία, παρίστησιν »καὶ συνήγειρεν« λέγων »καὶ συνεκάθισεν ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ἵνα ἐνδείξηται ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσιν τοῖς ἐπερχομένοις τὸ ὑπερβάλλον πλοῦτος τῆς χάριτος ἐν χρηστότητι ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ«.
The same apostle teaches this when he says, “God is faithful, through whom you were called into fellowship with his Son Jesus Christ our Lord.” And he shows what this fellowship is when he says, “He raised us up with him and seated us with him in the heavenly places in Christ Jesus, so that in the coming ages he might show the surpassing riches of his grace in kindness toward us in Christ Jesus.”
ὁ δ’ αὐτὸς καὶ ταῦτα περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐδίδασκεν φάσκων »ὁ δὲ διὰ τὸ μένειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἀπαράβατον ἔχει τὴν ἱερωσύνην· ὅθεν καὶ σώζειν εἰς τὸ παντελὲς δύναται τοὺς προσιόντας δι’ αὐτοῦ τῷ θεῷ, πάντοτε ζῶν εἰς τὸ ἐντυγχάνειν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν«.
The same apostle also taught this about the Savior, saying, “But he, because he remains forever, holds his priesthood permanently. Therefore he is also able to save completely those who come to God through him, since he always lives to intercede for them.”
οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν Μελχισεδὲκ »εἰς τὸ διηνεκὲς« ἱερέα μένειν ἔλεγεν διὰ τὸ ἀφωμοιωμένον εἶναι »τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοὺ«. ἀλλ’ ὅτι μὲν τούτοις ἅπασιν Μάρκελλος τἀναντία γράφειν ἐτόλμα μικρὸν ὕστερον παρατεθήσεται, νυνὶ δὲ ὅπως ἐφρόνει περὶ τοῦ μηδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν εἶναι μηδ’ ὑφεστάναι τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ υἱὸν θεασώμεθα πρότερον.
Not only that, but he also said that Melchizedek remains a priest “continually,” because he has been made like “the Son of God.” Shortly I will set out how Marcellus dared to write the opposite of all this. For now, let us first look at what he thought about the Son of God not existing at all, not even having a real subsistence.
Chapter 2
Ἐπισκήψας τοῖς εἰρηκόσιν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀληθῶς υἱὸν εἶναι ζῶντα καὶ ὑφεστῶτα τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δόξαν φανερὰν καθίστησιν αὐταῖς συλλαβαῖς γράφων οὕτως (No. 42) οὐκοῦν πρὸ μὲν τοῦ κατελθεῖν καὶ διὰ τῆς παρθένου τεχθῆναι λόγος ἦν μόνον. ἐπεὶ τί ἕτερον ἦν πρὸ τοῦ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἀναλαβεῖν σάρκα τὸ κατελθὸν »ἐπ’ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν«, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς γέγραφεν, καὶ [τὸ] γεννηθὲν ἐκ τῆς παρθένου; οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἦν ἢ λόγος.
He attacks those who say that the Son of God is truly a Son, living and subsisting. He makes his own view plain, writing in these very words (No. 42): “So before he came down and was born through the virgin, he was only Word. For what else was it that came down ‘in the last of the days,’ as he himself wrote, and was born of the virgin, before he took on human flesh? It was nothing other than Word.”
εἶτα προϊὼν ἑξῆς ἀίδιον αὐτὸν λέγει, ἀγένητον αὐτὸν οὕτως ὁριζόμενος. γράφει δὲ οὕτως (Nr. 48) ἀκούεις τοίνυν τῆς συμφωνίας τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος, διὰ πολλῶν καὶ διαφόρων προσώπων τῇ τοῦ λόγου μαρτυρούσης ἀιδιότητι;
Then, going on, he calls him eternal, defining him in this way as unbegotten. He writes (No. 48): “Do you hear, then, the agreement of the Holy Spirit, who through many different persons bears witness to the eternity of the Word?”
καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἄρχεται μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀιδιότητος τοῦ λόγου· »ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος« λέγων »καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος«. τρισὶν ἐπαλλήλοις μαρτυρίαις χρώμενος τὴν ἀιδιότητα τοῦ λόγου δεικνύναι βούλεται. καὶ μεθ’ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει (Nr. = 81) πρότερον γάρ, ὥσπερ πολλάκις ἔφην, οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ λόγος ἦν.
“And for this reason he begins from the eternity of the Word, saying, ‘In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.’ By using three testimonies in a row he wants to show the eternity of the Word.” And after other things he adds (No. 81): “For before, as I have often said, he was nothing other than Word.”
καὶ προστίθησιν, ὅτι οὐδὲ »εἰκὼν« ἦν »τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου«, φάσκων (Nr. 82) οὐκοῦν πρόδηλον, ὅτι πρὸ τῆς τοῦ ἡμετέρου σώματος ἀναλήψεως ὁ λόγος καθ’ ἑαυτὸν οὐκ ἦν εἰκὼν τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ. καὶ αὖθις μεθ’ ἕτερα ἐπιφέρει (Nr. 49) τί τοίνυν ἦν τὸ κατελθὸν τοῦτο πρὸ τοῦ ἐνανθρωπῆσαι; πάντως πού φησιν· πνεῦμα. εἰ γάρ τι παρὰ τοῦτο ἐθέλοι λέγειν, οὐ συγχωρήσει αὐτῷ ὁ πρὸς τὴν παρθένον εἰρηκὼς ἄγγελος »πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπί σὲ«. εἰ δὲ πνεῦμα εἶναι φήσει, ἄκουε τοῦ σωτῆρος λέγοντος »πνεῦμα ὁ θεός«.
He adds that he was not even “the image of the invisible God,” saying (No. 82): “It is therefore clear that before he took up our body, the Word by himself was not the image of the invisible God.” And again, after other things, he goes on (No. 49): “What, then, was this that came down before he became man? Surely, he says, Spirit. For if anyone wanted to say anything other than this, the angel who spoke to the virgin would not allow it: ‘The Holy Spirit will come upon you.’ And if he says it was Spirit, hear the Savior saying, ‘God is Spirit.’”
σαφῶς ἐντεῦθεν τοῦ σωτῆρος περὶ τοῦ πατρὸς εἰρηκότος »πνεῦμα ὁ θεός«, ἐλέγχεται Μάρκελλος αὐτὸν τὸν πατέρα ἐνηνθρωπηκέναι εἰπών. ὁ δ’ ἔτι μᾶλλον φιλοτιμεῖται, γράφων ὧδε (Nr. 39) καὶ μανθανέτω τοίνυν θεοῦ λόγον ἐληλυθέναι, οὐ λόγον καταχρηστικῶς ὀνομασθέντα, ὡς αὐτοί φασιν, ἀλλ’ ἀληθῆ ὄντα λόγον.
Here the Savior has plainly said of the Father, “God is Spirit,” and so Marcellus is refuted, since he said that the Father himself became man. But he strives still harder, writing as follows (No. 39): “So let him learn that the Word of God has come, not a Word named loosely, as they say, but one who is truly Word.”
καὶ αὖθις προστίθησιν ταῦτα τοῖς εἰρημένοις (Nr. 62) εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἡ τοῦ πνεύματος ἐξέτασις γίγνοιτο μόνη, ἓν καὶ ταὐτὸν εἰκότως εἶναι τῷ θεῷ φαίνοιτο· εἰ δὲ ἡ κατὰ σάρκα προσθήκη ἐπὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐξετάζοιτο, ἐνεργείᾳ ἡ θεότης μόνῃ πλατύνεσθαι δοκεῖ· ὥστε εἰκότως μονὰς ὄντως ἐστὶν ἀδιαίρετος.
And again he adds this to what he has said (No. 62): “For if the examination concerned the Spirit alone, he would reasonably appear to be one and the same as God. But if the addition of the flesh in the Savior is examined, the Godhead seems to be extended only in activity. So reasonably it is truly an undivided monad.”
καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον τοῦτο κατασκευάζει δι’ ὧν ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς οὕτω γράφει (Nr. 31) τὸ μὲν οὖν πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων αὐτὸν γεγεννῆσθαι φῆσαι, ἀκολούθως εἰρηκέναι δοκεῖ· γέννημα γὰρ τὸ προελθὸν τοῦ προεμένου γίγνεται πατρός. θάτερον δ’ οὐκέτι ὑγιῶς οὐδ’ εὐσεβῶς αὐτῷ παρείληπται.
He builds up this point still more by what he writes in the following passages (No. 31): “To say that he was begotten before the ages seems consistent. For the offspring is what comes forth from the Father who sent it out. But the other point has not been taken up by him in a sound or reverent way.”
τὸ γὰρ μὴ λόγον εἶναι φῆσαι τὸν ἐξ αὐτοῦ προελθόντα καὶ τοῦτον εἶναι τὸν τῆς γεννήσεως ἀληθῆ τρόπον, ἀλλ’ ἁπλῶς υἱὸν μόνον, ἔμφασίν τινα τοῖς ἀκούουσιν ἀνθρωπίνης ὄψεως παρέχειν εἴωθεν. καὶ ἐν τούτοις μὲν γυμνῇ τῇ κεφαλῇ τὸν μὲν υἱὸν ἠρνήσατο, ψιλὸν δὲ λόγον ὥσπερ τινὰ προστακτικὸν τῶν ποιητέων εἰσάγων δῆλός ἐστιν ἐξ ὧν ἐπιφέρει λέγων (Nr. 41) ὃν οὕτω πᾶσαι αἱ θεῖαι κηρύττουσιν γραφαί.
“For to say that the one who came forth from him is not Word, and that this is the true manner of the begetting, but is simply Son only, usually gives those who hear it an impression of a human appearance.” In these words he openly denied the Son. He brings in a bare Word, like some commander of what is to be done, as is clear from what he adds (No. 41): “whom all the divine Scriptures proclaim in this way.”
Δαυὶδ μὲν γὰρ περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγει » τῷ λόγῳ κυρίου οἱ οὐρανοὶ ἐστερεώθησαν «. αὖθίς τε 〈ὁ〉 αὐτὸς » ἐξαπέστειλεν τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἰάσατο αὐτούς « . Σολομὼν δὲ » ζητήσουσίν με κακοί, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσουσιν. ἐμίσησαν γὰρ σοφίαν, τὸν δὲ λόγον κυρίου οὐ προείλαντο«. Ἡσαΐας τε » ἐκ γὰρ Σιὼν ἐξελεύσεται « ἔφη » νόμος καὶ λόγος κυρίου ἐξ Ἱερουσαλήμ «.
“For David says about him, ‘By the word of the Lord the heavens were made firm.’ And the same again: ‘He sent out his word and healed them.’ Solomon says, ‘The wicked will seek me and will not find me. For they hated wisdom, and did not choose the word of the Lord.’ And Isaiah said, ‘For out of Zion will go forth a law, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem.’”
καὶ αὖθις Ἱερεμίας » ᾐσχύνθησαν σοφοὶ « φησὶν » καὶ ἐπτοήθησαν καὶ ἑάλωσαν, ὅτι τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου ἀπεδοκίμασαν «. καὶ Ὡσηὲ 〈δὲ〉 ὁ προφήτης » ἐμίσησαν « 〈ἔφη〉 » ἐν πύλαις ἐλέγχοντα, καὶ λόγον ὅσιον ἐβδελύξαντο «. Μιχαίας τε ὁμοίως καὶ αὐτὸς περὶ τοῦ λόγου μνημονεύων 〈 » ἐκ Σιὼν « 〉 ἔφη » ἐξελεύσεται νόμος, καὶ λόγος κυρίου ἐξ Ἱερουσαλήμ «.
“And again Jeremiah says, ‘The wise were put to shame, and were terrified and were caught, because they rejected the word of the Lord.’ And the prophet Hosea said, ‘They hated the one who reproved in the gates, and they abhorred the holy word.’ Micah likewise, also mentioning the Word, said, ‘Out of Zion will go forth a law, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem.’”
τοσαῦτα συνάγων περὶ τοῦ προστακτικοῦ λόγου ῥητὰ Μάρκελλος τοιοῦτόν τινα εἶναί φησιν καὶ τὸν » ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν « θεὸν λόγον. διὸ ἐπάγει φάσκων (Nr. 46) ὁ δὲ ἱερὸς ἀπόστολός τε καὶ μαθητὴς τοῦ κυρίου Ἰωάννης σαφῶς 〈καὶ〉 διαρρήδην ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου διδάσκων, ὡς ἀγνοούμενον ἐν ἀνθρώποις πρότερον, λόγον αὐτὸν τοῦ παντοκράτορος ὀνομάζων. οὕτως ἔφη » ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος «. οὐ μιᾷ μαρτυρία χρώμενος τὴν ἀιδιότητα τοῦ λόγου σημαίνει.
After collecting so many sayings about the commanding Word, Marcellus says that the God Word who was “in the beginning with God” is also of this kind. So he goes on to say (Fr. 46): “The holy apostle and disciple of the Lord, John, teaches clearly and explicitly at the beginning of the gospel, as of something previously unknown among men. He names him the Word of the Almighty. This is how he spoke: ‘In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.’ By using more than one testimony he shows the eternity of the Word.”
καὶ προστίθησιν τούτοις ἐπιλέγων ἑξῆς (Nr. 47) ἵν’ ἐν μὲν τῷ φῆσαι » ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος « δείξῃ δυνάμει ἐν τῷ πατρὶ εἶναι τὸν λόχον ([ἐν] ἀρχὴ γὰρ ἁπάντων τῶν γεγονότων ὁ θεὸς » ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα «), ἐν δὲ τῷ » καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν « ἐνεργείᾳ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν εἶναι τὸν λόγον (» πάντα « γὰρ » δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν «),
Marcellus adds to this and says next (Fr. 47): “By saying ‘In the beginning was the Word,’ John shows that the Word was in the Father in power (for God is the beginning of all things that have come to be, ‘from whom are all things’). By saying ‘and the Word was with God,’ he shows that the Word was with God in active operation (for ‘all things came to be through him, and apart from him not one thing came to be’),
ἐν δὲ τῷ θεὸν εἶναι τὸν λόγον εἰρηκέναι μὴ διαιρεῖν τὴν θεότητα, ἐπειδὴ ὁ λόγος τε ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ· » ἐν ἐμοὶ « γάρ φησιν » ὁ πατήρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί «. καὶ ἔτι τούτοις προστίθησιν, ἀπογυμνῶν τὸν ἴδιον νοῦν δι’ ὧν ἑξῆς ἐπάγει, λέγων (Nr. 28) ὁ τοίνυν ἱερὸς ἀπόστολός τε καὶ μαθητὴς τοῦ κυρίου Ἰωάννης τῆς ἀιδιότητος αὐτοῦ μνημονεύων ἀληθὴς ἐγίγνετο τοῦ λόγου μάρτυς, » ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος« λέγων » καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος«.
and by saying that the Word was God, he shows that the Godhead is not divided, since the Word is in him and he is in the Word. For he says, ‘The Father is in me, and I am in the Father.’” Marcellus adds still more to this, laying bare his own thought in what he says next (Fr. 28): “So the holy apostle and disciple of the Lord, John, when he spoke of the Word’s eternity, proved a true witness to the Word, saying, ‘In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.’
οὐδὲν γενέσεως ἐνταῦθα μνημονεύων τοῦ λόγου, ἀλλ’ ἐπαλλήλοις τρισὶν μαρτυρίαις χρώμενος, ἐβεβαίου ἐν ἀρχῇ τὸν λόγον εἶναι. καὶ προστίθησιν τούτοις λέγων (Nr. 61) τὴν μὲν κατὰ σάρκα οἰκονομίαν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ διαφέρειν γιγνώσκομεν, τὴν δὲ κατὰ πνεῦμα ἀιδιότητα ἡνῶσθαι τῷ πατρὶ πεπιστεύκαμεν.
Here he makes no mention of any begetting of the Word. By using three testimonies one after another, he confirmed that the Word was in the beginning.” And he adds to this, saying (Fr. 61): “We know that the dispensation in the flesh is different with regard to the man, but we have believed that the eternity according to the Spirit is united with the Father.”
τούτοις προϊὼν ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγει ταῦτα (Nr. 64) εἰ οὖν αὐτὸς λέγει ταῦτα » ἐγὼ ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐξῆλθον καὶ ἥκω «, καὶ αὖθις » καὶ ὁ λόγος, ὃν ἀκούετε, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμός, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με πατρός « καὶ » πάντα ὅσα ἔχει ὁ πατὴρ ἐμά ἐστιν « , δῆλον ὅτι εἰκότως κἀκεῖνο ἔλεγεν » ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ πατὴρ κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί « , ἵνα ἐν θεῷ μὲν ᾖ ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦτο λέγων, ἐν δὲ τῷ λόγῳ ὁ πατήρ, ὅτι δύναμις τοῦ πατρὸς ὁ λόγος.
Going on after this, he says next (Fr. 64): “If then he himself says, ‘I came out from the Father and have come,’ and again, ‘The word which you hear is not mine, but the Father’s who sent me,’ and ‘All that the Father has is mine,’ it is clear that he also said, with good reason, ‘The Father is in me and I am in the Father.’ The meaning is that the Word who says this is in God, and the Father is in the Word, because the Word is the power of the Father.
» θεοῦ « γὰρ αὐτὸν » δύναμιν καὶ θεοῦ σοφίαν « ἀξιόπιστος εἴρηκεν μάρτυς. οὐ διὰ τὴν ἐν ἅπασιν οὖν λόγοις τε καὶ ἔργοις ἀκριβῆ συμφωνίαν, ὡς Ἀστέριος ἔφη, ὁ σωτὴρ λέγει » ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν « , ἀλλὰ διότι ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν, ἢ λόγον θεοῦ ἢ θεὸν τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ μερίζεσθαι λόγου. ἐπεὶ εἰ διὰ τὴν ἐν ἅπασιν συμφωνίαν τοῦτο εἰρηκέναι τὸν σωτῆρα Ἀστέριος οἴεται, καὶ μὴ τῇ δευτέρᾳ οἰκονομίᾳ προσέχων τἀληθὲς μανθάνειν ἐθέλει, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν ὑπομνῆσαι αὐτόν, πῶς ἐνίοτε [τὸ] κατὰ τὸ [σὴν] φαινόμενον ἀσυμφωνίαν ἐστὶν ἰδεῖν.
For a trustworthy witness has called him ‘the power of God and the wisdom of God.’ So the Savior does not say ‘I and the Father are one’ because of an exact agreement in all words and works, as Asterius said. He says it because it is impossible for the Word of God, or for God, to be divided from his own Word. Asterius thinks the Savior said this because of agreement in everything. If he refuses to look at the second dispensation and so learn the truth, then we must remind him how, in what appears on the surface, one can sometimes see disagreement.
οὕτω γὰρ ἡμᾶς τὰ ῥητὰ διδάσκει. ποία γὰρ ἐν καιρῷ τοῦ πάθους συμφωνία τοῦτο λέγοντος » πάτερ, εἰ δυνατόν, παρελθέτω τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο « , ἐπιφέροντος δὲ κἀκεῖνο » πλὴν μὴ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ « . οὐ συμφωνοῦντος γὰρ ἦν πρῶτον μὲν τὸ λέγειν » παρελθέτω τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο « · οὐδὲν δὲ ἐχόμενον συμφωνίας καὶ τὸ ἐπιφερόμενον εἶναι δοκεῖ, λέγει γὰρ μὴ τὸ ἐμὸν. ἀλλὰ τὸ σὸν γενέσθω. πάτερ, θέλημα «.
For that is what the written words teach us. What agreement is there at the time of the passion, when he says, ‘Father, if it is possible, let this cup pass,’ and then adds, ‘Yet not as I wish, but as you wish’? First of all, to say ‘Let this cup pass’ is not what someone in agreement would say. And what is added does not seem to belong to agreement either, for he says, ‘Not mine, but let yours be done, Father—your will.’
18 ἀκούεις ὅπως ἀσυμφωνίαν κατὰ τὸ φαινόμενον δηλοῖ τὸ γράμμα, τοῦ μὲν θέλοντος, ‹ τοῦ δὲ μὴ θέλοντος〉. ὅτι μὲν γὰρ ἐβούλετο ὁ πατὴρ δῆλον ἀφ’ ὧν ὃ ἐβούλετο γέγονεν· ὅτι δὲ οὐκ ἐβούλετο ὁ υἱὸς δῆλον δι’ ὧν παραιτεῖται. καὶ αὖθις » οὐ ζητῶ « φησὶν » τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμὸν ἀλλὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με πατρός «.
You hear how the letter shows disagreement in appearance, with one willing and the other not willing. For it is clear that the Father willed it, from the fact that what he willed came about. And it is clear that the Son did not will it, from the fact that he asks to be spared. And again he says, ‘I do not seek my own will, but the will of the Father who sent me.’”
15 πῶς οὖν διὰ τὴν ἐν ἅπασιν συμφωνίαν τὸν σωτῆρα εἰρηκέναι φησὶν » ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν « ; καὶ μετὰ βραχέα ἐπιλέγει (Nr. 65) πῶς συμφωνίαν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα ὁ υἱὸς δύναται ἢ ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς τὸν υἱόν, τοῦ υἱοῦ » πάντα ὅσα ἔχει ὁ πατὴρ ἐμά ἐστιν « λέγοντος. ἄντικρυς γὰρ πλεονεκτοῦντος ἦν τοῦ υἱοῦ τὸν πατέρα τὸ λέγειν » πάντα ὅσα ἔχει ὁ πατὴρ ἐμά ἐστιν « .
How then, he says, did the Savior say “I and the Father are one” because of their agreement in everything? And after a little he adds (no. 65): How can the Son have agreement with the Father, or the Father with the Son, when the Son says “All that the Father has is mine”? For to say “All that the Father has is mine” would plainly be the act of a Son who takes more than his share from the Father.
τούτου γὰρ χάριν παρεὶς τὸ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει ὁ πατὴρ κοινά ἐστιν εἰπεῖν » πάντα ὅσα ἔχει ὁ πατὴρ ἐμά ἐστιν « ἔφη. καίτοι οὐκ ἦν ἴδιον τοῦ συμφωνοῦντος οὕτω λέγειν, ἀλλά· πάντα ὅσα ἔχει ὁ πατὴρ κοινά ἐστιν. εἰ γὰρ αἱ τῶν ἀποστόλων Πράξεις τὴν τῶν τηνικαῦτα προσιόντων τῇ πίστει συμφωνίαν ἐπαινοῦσαι » πάντα ἦν αὐτοῖς κοινὰ « ἔφασαν, καὶ ἐπ’ ἀνθρώπων τῶν συμφωνεῖν δυναμένων κοινὰ εἶναι πάντα νομίζειν ὀφείλει, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ἔδει τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν υἱὸν κοινωνίας μετέχειν, εἰς δύο ὑποστάσεις διῃρημένους; νυνὶ δὲ ἐν μὲν τῷ λέγειν » πάντα ὅσα ἔχει ὁ πατὴρ ἐμά ἐστιν « πλεονεκτῶν ὁ υἱὸς τὸν πατέρα φαίνεται· ἐν δὲ τῷ φάσκειν μηδὲ τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ λόγου κύριον εἶναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτου τὸν πατέρα
For on that view, passing over the words “all that the Father has is common,” he said instead “all that the Father has is mine.” Yet that is not how one who agrees would speak. He would say: all that the Father has is common. For the Acts of the Apostles praises the agreement of those who then came to the faith, and says “all things were common to them.” If one must hold that among men, who are able to agree, all things are common, how much more should the Father and the Son share a common life, if they are divided into two hypostases? But as it is, in saying “All that the Father has is mine,” the Son appears to take more than his share from the Father. And in claiming that he is not even master of his own word, but that the Father is master of this too
( » ὁ « γὰρ » λόγος ὃν ἀκούετε « φησὶν » οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με πατρός« ). ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τὸν πατέρα τὰ ἴδια τοῦ παιδὸς δείκνυσιν. ἑκάτερα δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἀστερίου οἴησιν οὐκ ἀκολούθως εἰρημένα φαίνεται.
(for “the word that you hear,” he says, “is not mine but the Father’s who sent me”), he shows the Father taking away the Son’s own things. So on Asterius’s notion, both statements appear to be inconsistent with each other.
ἔδει γὰρ τὸν συμφωνοῦντα μὴ τὰ 〈τῷ〉 ἑτέρῳ προσόντα παρασπᾶσθαι δίκαια, πλεονεκτικὸν γὰρ τοῦτό γε, ἀλλὰ τὰ ἑκατέρῳ προσόντα κοινὰ εἶναι νομίζειν. ὥστε ὅταν μὲν εἰς τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἀποβλέπωμεν σάρκα, οὐχ ὥσπερ Ἀστέριος γέγραφεν, οὕτως εὑρήσομεν εἰρηκότα τὸν σωτῆρα »ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν «, οὐ γὰρ διὰ τὴν ἐν ἅπασιν λόγοις τε καὶ ἔργοις ἀκριβῇ συμφωνίαν, ὡς αὐτὸς γέγραφεν, ὁ σωτὴρ εἴρηκεν » ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν «.
For one who agrees ought not to snatch away what rightly belongs to the other, since that would be grasping. He ought to regard what belongs to each as common. So when we look at the human flesh, we will not find the Savior saying “I and the Father are one” in the way Asterius has written. The Savior did not say “I and the Father are one” because of an exact agreement in all words and deeds, as Asterius wrote.
εἰ γὰρ τοῦτ’ ἦν, πάντως ἂν ἔφη· ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἅπασιν πρὸς ἀλλήλους συμφωνοῦμεν. νυνὶ δὲ » ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν « ἔφη. οὐκοῦν εἰ ἐν ἐκείνοις ἀσυμφωνία τις ἦν, ἀνάγκη δὲ τὸν δεσπότην ἀληθεύειν, τὸν σωτῆρα ἀκριβῶς εἰδέναι προσήκει, ὅτι ἡνίκα ἂν » ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν « λέγῃ. τηνικαῦτα οὐκ εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὃν ἀνείληφεν ἀποβλέπων τοῦτό φησιν, ἀλλ’ εἰς τὸν ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς προελθόντα λόγον.
For if that were so, he would surely have said: “I and the Father agree with each other in everything.” But as it is, he said “I and the Father are one.” So if there was some disagreement in those matters, and the Master must speak the truth, we must understand exactly this: whenever the Savior says “I and the Father are one,” he is not saying it with a view to the man whom he took up, but to the Word who came forth from the Father.
εἰ γάρ τις ἀσυμφωνία εἶναι δοκοίη, αὕτη ἀναφέρεσθαι εἰς τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς ἀσθένειαν ὀφείλει, ἣν μὴ πρότερον ἔχων ἀνείληφεν ὁ λόγος. εἰ δὲ ἑνότης λέγοιτο, αὕτη τῷ λόγῳ διαφέρουσα φαίνεται.
For if there seems to be any disagreement, it must be referred to the weakness of the flesh, which the Word took up although he had not had it before. But if oneness is spoken of, this clearly belongs to the Word.
ὅθεν οὐ μόνον τὸ » ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν « εἰκότως ἔφη, ἀλλὰ κἀκεῖνο· » τοσούτῳ χρόνῳ μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμί, Φίλιππε, καὶ λέγεις· δεῖξόν μοι τὸν πατέρα «, δῆλον ὅτι οὐ τούτοις τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, ἀλλὰ τοῖς νοητοῖς τὰ νοητὰ ὁρᾶν δυναμένοις. ἀόρατος γὰρ τοῖς τῆς σαρκὸς ὄμμασιν ὅ τε πατὴρ ὑπάρχει καὶ ὁ τούτου λόγος. οὐ διὰ τὴν ἐν ἅπασιν οὖν συμφωνίαν τοῦτ’ ἔφη πρὸς Φίλιππον.
So it was fitting that he said not only “I and the Father are one,” but also this: “I have been with you so long, Philip, and you say, ‘Show me the Father.’” He plainly meant that the Father is seen not with these eyes but with those that can see things of the mind. For both the Father and his Word are invisible to the eyes of the flesh. So he did not say this to Philip because of an agreement in everything.
τοσαῦτα εἰπών, ἐπαναλαβὼν ἐξ ὑπαρχῆς τὸν λόγον τοῦτον δογματίζει τὸν τρόπον (Nr. 92) πρὸ γὰρ τῆς δημιουργίας ἀπάσης ἡσυχία τις ἦν. ὡς εἰκός ὄντος ἐν τῷ θεῷ τοῦ λόγου. εἰ γὰρ ποιητὴν ἁπάντων τὸν θεὸν ὁ Ἀστέριος πεπίστευκεν εἶναι, δῆλον ὅτι συνομολογήσει ἡμῖν καὶ αὐτὸς τὸν μὲν ἀεὶ ὑπάρχειν, μηδεπώποτε 〈 τοῦ〉 εἶναι ἀρχὴν λαβόντα, τὰ δὲ γεγενῆσθαί τε ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων γεγενῆσθαι. οὐ γὰρ οἶμαι καὶ τοῦτο πιστεύειν αὐτὸν τῷ λέγοντι εἶναί τινα καὶ ἀγένητα, ἀλλὰ ἀκριβῶς πεπεῖσθαι ὅτι οὐρανός τε καὶ γῆ καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς ὄντα ὑπὸ θεοῦ γεγένηται.
After saying so much, he takes up the argument again from the beginning and lays down his teaching this way (no. 92): Before all creation there was a kind of stillness, as is likely, since the Word was in God. For if Asterius believes that God is the maker of all things, clearly he will agree with us that God has always existed and never received a beginning of being, while created things were made by him, and made out of nothing. For I do not think he agrees with anyone who says that some other things are also unbegotten. I think he is firmly persuaded that heaven and earth and everything in heaven and on earth were made by God.
εἰ τοίνυν τοῦτο πιστεύοι, ἀνάγκη αὐτὸν κἀκεῖνο συνομολογεῖν ὅτι πλὴν θεοῦ οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἦν. εἶχεν οὖν τὴν οἰκείαν δόξαν ὁ λόγος, ὢν ἐν τῷ πατρί.
If then he believes this, he must also agree that apart from God there was nothing else. So the Word, being in the Father, had his own glory.
καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἐπάγει μεθ’ ἕτερα (Nr. 93) τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν Ἀστέριος δόξαν ὀνομάζει, καὶ οὐ δόξαν μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ προκόσμιον δόξαν, οὐκ ἐννοῶν ὅτι μήπω τοῦ κόσμου γεγονότος οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἦν πλὴν θεοῦ μόνου.
After saying this, he adds, after other remarks (no. 93): Asterius calls the authority given to him “glory,” and not only glory but “glory before the world.” He does not consider that when the world had not yet come to be, there was nothing else besides God alone.
ταῦτ’ εἰπὼν Μάρκελλος καὶ τὸν υἱὸν δι’ αὐτῶν ἀπαρακαλύπτως ἀρνησάμενος, ἵνα ἡμᾶς ἀκριβῶς πείσῃ ὁποῖον εἶναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐφρόνει, σαφέστερον ἐμφαίνει τὴν διάνοιαν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ λόγῳ ἀπεικάζων αὐτόν, δι’ ὧν ταῦτα γράφει (Nr. 55) ὥσπερ γὰρ τὰ γεγονότα πάντα ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς διὰ τοῦ λόγου ⟨γέγονεν, οὕτω καὶ τὰ λεγόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς διὰ τοῦ λόγου⟩ σημαίνεται. διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ὁ ἁγιώτατος Μωσῆς ἄγγελον ἐνταῦθα ὀνομάζει τὸν λόγον, ὅτι δι’ οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἐφάνη, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἀναγγείλῃ τῷ Μωσεῖ ταῦτα ἅπερ λυσιτελεῖν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ ἠπίστατο· ἠπίστατο δὲ λυσιτελεῖν ἕνα θεὸν εἶναι νομίζειν. I
Having said this, Marcellus openly denied the Son through these words. Then, to persuade us exactly what kind of Word of God he had in mind, he makes his meaning clearer by comparing the Word to our own speech. He writes this (Nr. 55): “For just as everything that has come into being has come into being from the Father through the Word, so also the things said by the Father are expressed through the Word. For this reason the most holy Moses calls the Word an angel here: he appeared for no other purpose than to announce to Moses the things he knew would benefit the sons of Israel. And he knew that it would benefit them to believe that there is one God.”
διὸ καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὢν « ἔφη, ἵνα μηδένα ἐκτὸς ἑαυτοῦ ἕτερον θεὸν εἶναι διδάξῃ. τοῦτο 〈δὲ〉 ῥάδιον, οἶμαι, τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσιν καὶ ἀπὸ μικροῦ τινος καὶ ταπεινοῦ καθ’ ἡμᾶς παραδείγματος γνῶναι.
“Therefore he also said to him, ‘I am the one who is,’ so that he would teach that there is no other god besides himself. And this, I think, is easy for sensible people to understand even from a small and lowly example taken from our own lives.”
οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου λόγον δυνάμει καὶ ὑποστάσει χωρίσαι τινὶ δυνατόν· ἓν γάρ ἐστιν καὶ ταὐτὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ὁ λόγος, καὶ οὐδενὶ χωριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ ἢ μόνῃ τῇ τῆς πράξεως ἐνεργεία. καὶ ἐπιδαψιλεύεται ἔτι μᾶλλον τὴν αὐτοῦ διάνοιαν ἐμφαίνων, δι’ ων ἑξῆς τάδε φησίν (Nr. 53) οὐ γὰρ δὴ ἑτέρας ἑτοιμασίας, οἷον ὕλης ἢ ἄλλης τινὸς ἀνθρωπίνης, ὁ θεὸς ἐδεῖτο πρὸς κατασκευήν, ἀλλὰ ταύτης τῆς ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ διανοίᾳ ἑτοιμασίας.
“For no one can separate a man’s word from him in power or in substance. In a man the word is one and the same thing as the man himself, and it is distinguished from him by nothing else except the active working of the deed.” Then he expands still further, making his thought plain in the words that follow (Nr. 53): “God did not need some other preparation for the construction, such as material or anything else of a human sort, but only this preparation that was in his own mind.”
ἐπεὶ οὖν ἀδύνατον ἦν χωρὶς λόγου καὶ τῆς προσούσης τῷ λόγῳ σοφίας ἐννοῆσαι περὶ τῆς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκευῆς τὸν θεόν, εἰκότως ἔφη » ἡνίκα ἡτοίμαζεν τὸν οὐρανόν, συμπαρήμην αὐτῷς «. καὶ προστίθησιν αὖθις ἐξομοιῶν τῷ ἀνθρωπίνῳ λόγῳ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰς τὸ δεῖξαι αὐτὸν ἀνυπόστατον, γράφει δὲ οὕτως (Nr. 56) ἐνταῦθα » ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὢν « λέγει μὲν τῷ Μωσεῖ ὁ πατήρ, λέχει δὲ δηλονότι διὰ τοῦ λόγου.
“Since, then, it was impossible for God to plan the construction of heaven apart from the Word and the wisdom that belongs to the Word, it was fitting that he said, ‘When he prepared the heaven, I was present with him.’” Again he adds a comparison of God’s Word to the human word, to show that it has no substance of its own. He writes here as follows (Nr. 56): “Here the Father says to Moses, ‘I am the one who is,’ and he clearly says it through the Word.”
πάντα γὰρ ὅσα ἂν ὁ πατὴρ λέγῃ, ταῦτα πανταχοῦ διὰ τοῦ λόγου λέγων φαίνεται. τοῦτο δὲ δῆλόν ἐστιν καὶ ἀφ’ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, ὅσα μικρὰ τοῖς μεγάλοις καὶ θείοις ἀπεικάσαι· καὶ ἡμεῖς γὰρ πάντα ὅσα ἂν θέλωμεν κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν λέγειν τε καὶ ποιεῖν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ ποιοῦμεν λόγῳ.
“For everything the Father says, he is plainly seen to say everywhere through the Word. This is clear from ourselves too, as far as small things can be compared with great and divine things. For we also do everything we wish to say or do, as far as we are able, by means of our own word.”
εἶτα μεταξύ τινα εἰπὼν ἐπιλέγει (Nr. 68) πῶς οὖν Ἀστέριος ταῖς ἁγίαις γραφαῖς ἁπλῶς καὶ ἐμφόβως ἀκολουθεῖν προσποιούμενος οὐκ ἔγνω τὸ μέρος τοῦτο λέγον »κύριος ὁ θεός σου, οὗτος θεὸς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κάτω, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἔτι πλὴν αὐτοὺ« , καὶ ὅτι »εἷς ἐστιν« καὶ πλὴν αὐτοῦ ἕτερος »οὐκ ἔστιν«.
Then, after saying some things in between, he adds (Nr. 68): “How then did Asterius, who pretends to follow the holy Scriptures simply and with fear, fail to know this passage, which says, ‘The Lord your God, he is God in heaven above and on earth beneath, and there is no other besides him,’ and that ‘he is one’ and that besides him there is no other?”
καὶ προϊὼν αὖθις διισχυρίζεται φάσκων (Nr. 40) οὐ καταχρηστικῶς λόγος ὀνομασθείς, κἂν διαρραγῶσιν οἱ ἑτεροδιδασκαλοῦντες ψευδόμενοι, ἀλλὰ κυρίως τε καὶ ἀληθῶς ὑπάρχων λόγος. καὶ προστίθησιν (Nr. 45) τί γὰρ ἕτερον ἦν ἀποκεκρυμμένον μυστήριον ἢ 〈τὸ〉 κατὰ τὸν λόγον; οὕτως δὲ ἦν ἀποκεκρυμμένον »ἐν τῷ θεῷ« τουτὶ πρότερον τὸ μυστήριον, ὥστε μηδένα τοῦ προτέρου λαοῦ σαφῶς τὰ κατὰ τὸν λόγον εἰδέναι, ἀλλ’ ἡμᾶς τοῦ πλούτου »τῆς δόξης« καὶ τοῦ ἀποκεκρυμμένου μυστηρίου ἀπολαύειν νυνί.
Going on, he again insists, saying (Nr. 40): “He is not called Word by misuse of the term—even if those who teach otherwise burst with their lies—but he is Word properly and truly. And he adds (Nr. 45): “For what else was the hidden mystery but the mystery concerning the Word? This mystery was so hidden ‘in God’ before that none of the earlier people clearly knew the things concerning the Word, but now we enjoy the wealth ‘of the glory’ and the hidden mystery.”
καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πάλιν ἀνθρωπίνῃ κέχρηται εἰκόνι, τοῦτον γράφων τὸν τρόπον (Nr. 52) τίς γὰρ οὕτως ἢ τῶν ἁγίων ἀγγέλων ἢ ἀνδρῶν δικαίων ἀξιόπιστος ἦν τὴν ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ ὁρισθεῖσαν αὐτῷ τιμωρίαν λῦσαι,
After this he again uses a human illustration, writing in this way (Nr. 52): “For who, whether of the holy angels or of righteous men, was trustworthy enough to cancel the punishment decreed against him on behalf of God,
εἰ μὴ αὐτὸς ὁ λόγος ὁ συμπαρών τε καὶ συμπλάττων, πρὸς ὃν ὁ πατὴρ »ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον« ἔφη »κατ’ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ ὁμοίωσιν« , οὐκ ὄντος ἑτέρου θεοῦ τοῦ συμπλάττειν αὐτῷ δυναμένου. »ἐγὼ« γάρ εἰμι, φησίν, »θεὸς πρῶτος καὶ ἐγὼ μετὰ ταῦτα, καὶ πλὴν ἐμοῦ θεὸς ἕτερος οὐκ ἔστιν«. οὔτε οὖν νεώτερός τις θεός ἦν, οὔτε ἄλλος τις »μετὰ ταῦτα« θεὸς ὢν θεῷ συνεργεῖν δυνατὸς ἦν.
if not the Word himself, who was present and formed together with him, to whom the Father said, ‘Let us make man in our image and likeness’? There was no other God who could help to form him. For he says, ‘I am God, the first, and I am after these things, and besides me there is no other God.’ So there was no younger god, nor any other who, being God ‘after these things,’ was able to work together with God.”
ἀλλ’ εἴ τις μικρῷ τινι καὶ ἀνθρωπίνῳ καθ’ ἡμᾶς παραδείγματι χρώμενος ὡς διὰ εἰκόνος τὴν θείαν ἐξετάζοι πρᾶξιν· ὥσπερ ἄν τις ἀνδριαντοποιὸς ἐπιστήμων ἀνήρ, ἀνδριάντα πλάσαι βουλόμενος, πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς τύπους αὐτοῦ καὶ χαρακτῆρας ἐν ἑαυτῷ σκοπεῖ, ἔπειτα πλάτος τε καὶ μῆκος ὅσον εὐπρεπὲς ἐννοεῖ, ἀναλογίαν τε τοῦ παντὸς ἐν τῷ καθ’ ἕκαστον ἐξετάζει μέρει. χαλκοῦ τε τὴν πρόσφορον ἑτοιμάσας ὕλην καὶ τὸν ἐσόμενον ἀνδριάντα τῇ ἑαυτοῦ προτυπώσας διανοίᾳ καὶ νοητῶς ὁρᾶν νομίσας συνειδώς τε ἑαυτῷ συνεργεῖν τὸν λόγον. ᾧ λογίζεται καὶ ᾧ πάντα πράττειν εἴωθεν (οὐδὲν γὰρ μὴ λόγῳ γιγνόμενον καλόν). ἀρχόμενος τῆς αἰσθητῆς ταύτης ἐργασίας πρὸς αὐτὸν ὡς πρὸς ἕτερον παρακελεύεται λέγων· ἄγε ποιήσωμεν, ἄγε πλάσωμεν ἀνδριάντα· οὕτως ὁ τῶν ὅλων δεσπότης θεὸς τὸν ἔμψυχον ἐκ γῆς ἀνδριάντα ποιῶν οὐκ ἄλλῳ τινὶ ἀλλὰ τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λόγῳ παρακελεύεται λέγων· »ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον« , οὐ τὸν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἄλλοις τρόπον· λόγῳ γὰρ ἡ πᾶσα ἐγένετο κτίσις.
But suppose someone uses a small, human example, like our own, to examine God’s work as if in a picture. Take a skilled sculptor who wants to make a statue. First he looks within himself at its outlines and features. Then he works out how wide and how long it should be to look right, and he checks the proportion of the whole against each individual part. He prepares suitable bronze, sketches the coming statue beforehand in his own mind, and imagines he sees it with the mind’s eye. He is also aware that reason is working with him. By reason he calculates, and by reason he is accustomed to do everything, since nothing done without reason is beautiful. As he begins this work on material things, he urges himself on as if speaking to another: “Come, let us make it; come, let us shape a statue.” In the same way God, the Master of all, when he makes the living statue from the earth, urges on no one else but his own Word, saying, “Let us make man.” This was not the same way he made the other things, for the whole creation came to be by the Word.
καὶ τούτοις μεθ’ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει (Nr. 108) νυνὶ δὲ πιστεύω ταῖς θείαις γραφαῖς, ὅτι εἷς θεός. καὶ ὁ τούτου λόγος [θεὸς] προῆλθεν μὲν τοῦ πατρός, ἵνα »πάντα δι’ αὐτοὺ« γένηται· μετὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς κρίσεως καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀπάντων διόρθωσιν καὶ τὸν ἀφανισμὸν τῆς ἀντικειμένης ἀπάσης ἐνεργείας, »τότε αὐτὸς ὑποταγήσεται τῷ ὑποτάξαντι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα« »θεῷ καὶ πατρί« , ἵν’ οὕτως ᾖ ἐν θεῷ ὁ λόγος, ὥσπερ καὶ πρότερον ἦν πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι. οὐδενὸς γὰρ ὄντος πρότερον ἢ θεοῦ μόνου, πάντων δὲ διὰ τοῦ λόγου γίγνεσθαι μελλόντων, προῆλθεν ὁ λόγος δραστικῇ ἐνεργείᾳ, ὁ λόγος οὗτος τοῦ πατρὸς ὤν.
And after other things he adds to this (Nr. 108): “But now I believe the divine Scriptures, that there is one God. And his Word [God] came forth from the Father so that ‘all things’ might come to be ‘through him.’ But after the time of judgment, the setting right of all things, and the removal of every opposing power, ‘then he himself will be made subject to the one who made all things subject to him,’ ‘to God and Father.’ In this way the Word will be in God, just as he was before the world existed. For when nothing existed before except God alone, and all things were going to come to be through the Word, the Word came forth in active power, this Word who belongs to the Father.”
καὶ πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν διάνοιαν λευκότερον τίθησι λέγων (Nr. 54) πρὸ γὰρ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι ἦν ὁ λόγος ἐν τῷ πατρί. ὅτε δὲ ὁ παντοκράτωρ θεὸς πάντα τὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς προὔθετο ποιῆσαι, ἐνεργείας ἡ τοῦ κόσμου γένεσις ἐδεῖτο δραστικῆς· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, μηδενὸς ὄντος ἑτέρου πλὴν τοῦ θεοῦ (πάντα γὰρ ὁμολογεῖται ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ γεγενῆσθαι), τότε ὁ λόγος προελθὼν ἐγίνετο τοῦ κόσμου ποιητής, ὁ καὶ πρότερον ἔνδον νοητῶς ἑτοιμάζων αὐτόν.
And again he states the same thought more plainly, saying (Nr. 54): “For before the world existed, the Word was in the Father. But when the almighty God purposed to make everything in heaven and on earth, the making of the world needed an active power. For this reason, since nothing else existed except God (for all things are agreed to have been made by him), the Word then came forth and became the maker of the world. He had earlier prepared it inwardly, in thought.”
καὶ αὖθις μετὰ πάντα ἐπιφέρει λέγων (Nr. 34) καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐχ υἱὸν θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ὀνομάζει, ἀλλ〈ὰ πανταχοῦ υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου ἑαυτὸν λέγει,〉 ἵνα διὰ τῆς τοιαύτης ὁμολογίας θέσει τὸν ἄνθρωπον διὰ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν κοινωνίαν υἱὸν θεοῦ γενέσθαι παρασκευάσῃ καὶ μετὰ τὸ τέλος τῆς πράξεως αὖθις, ὡς λόγος, ἑνωθῇ τῷ θεῷ, πληρῶν ἐκεῖνο τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀποστόλου προειρημένον· » τότε αὐτὸς ὑποταγήσεται τῷ ὑποτάξαντι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα, ἵνα ᾖ πάντα καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν ‹ὁ› θεός« . ἔσται γὰρ τηνικαῦτα τοῦθ’ ὅπερ πρότερον ἦν. διὰ τοσούτων Μάρκελλος γυμνῇ τῇ κεφαλῇ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξωμόσατο.
And once more, after all this, he adds (Nr. 34): “And for this reason he does not call himself Son of God, but everywhere calls himself Son of Man, so that by such a confession he might bring it about that man, through his fellowship with him, becomes a son of God by adoption. Then, after the end of the work, he would again be united with God as the Word, fulfilling what the apostle said earlier: ‘Then he himself will be made subject to the one who made all things subject to him, so that God may be all in all.’ For at that time he will be what he was before.” Through all these statements Marcellus, with head uncovered, has openly renounced the Son of God.
εἰ γὰρ ἓν καὶ ταὐτὸν ἦν ὁ θεὸς καὶ ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ λόγος, οὐδεὶς δὲ πώποτε αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ γένοιτ’ ἂν πατὴρ ὡς οὐδ’ αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ υἱὸς ‹εἷς› ὢν καὶ μόνος, εἷς δὲ μόνος ἦν καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λόγῳ ὁ θεός, δῆλον ὡς οὐ πατὴρ ἦν μὴ ὑπάρχοντος αὐτῷ υἱοῦ, οὐδὲ υἱὸς μὴ ὑφεστῶτος αὐτῷ πατρός.
For if God and the Word within him were one and the same, then no one could ever be his own father, any more than his own son, being one and alone. But God was one and alone, and the same as his own Word. So it is plain that he was not a father when he had no son, and not a son when he had no father existing.
ὁποῖα μὲν οὖν περὶ τοῦ μήτε εἶναι μήτε προϋφεστάναι τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ υἱόν, ψιλὸν δὲ λόγον ἔνδον ὑπάρχειν ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ τοῦτον ποτὲ μὲν ἡσυχάζειν ποτὲ δὲ ἐνεργεῖν δραστικῇ δυνάμει, διεξῆλθεν ὁ ἀνήρ, ἔγνωμεν διὰ τῶν προκειμένων. ταῦτα δὲ αὐτὰ πολλάκις καὶ διαφόρως τῇ ἑαυτοῦ παραθέμενος γραφῇ, πολὺν σωρὸν περιττῶν ῥημάτων συνεφόρησεν τῷ συγγράμματι. ἀλλ’ ἡμεῖς γε τοῖς αὐτοῦ καθ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἐλέγχοις ἐξ ὧν παρέθετο φωνῶν ἀρκεσθέντες, οὐδ’ ἀντιρρήσεως ἀξιώσομεν τὴν τοῦ Ἰουδαϊκοῦ τούτου δόγματος ἀτοπίαν.
So from what has been set out, we have seen what this man laid out: that the Son of God neither exists nor pre-existed, but that a bare word was inside God himself, at one time resting and at another working with active power. He set these same points before us again and again in different ways in his writing, and piled up a great heap of needless words in the book. But we are content with the refutations he supplies against himself from the words he quoted, and we will not even think the absurdity of this Jewish doctrine worth an answer.
ἐντεῦθεν δ’ ἐπὶ τὰ εἰρημένα τῷ αὐτῷ περὶ τῆς σαρκός, ἣν ἐνεργείᾳ μόνῃ φησὶν ἀνειληφέναι τὸν ἐν τῷ θεῷ λόγον. μεταβάντες φέρ’ ἴδωμεν ὅπως τὴν ἐν ταῖς θείαις γραφαῖς περὶ τοῦ μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ φερομένην θεολογίαν ἐπὶ τὴν σάρκα μεταφέρει, αὐτὸν μὲν τὸν ἀληθῶς προόντα τοῦ θεοῦ υἱὸν ἀρνούμενος, τὴν δὲ σάρκα θεολογῶν, ἣν μικρὸν ὕστερον ἔρημον ἔσεσθαι τοῦ λόγου ὁ ἀνευλαβὴς ὡρίζετο·
From here let us move on to what the same man said about the flesh, which he says the Word in God took up by activity alone. Let us see how he transfers to the flesh the teaching about God that Scripture gives concerning the only-begotten Son of God. He denies the Son who truly pre-existed, yet speaks of the flesh as God, though a little later this irreverent man declared that this flesh would be left empty of the Word.
Chapter 3
(Nr. 36) Ὁ μὲν γὰρ λόγος »ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν« . μηδὲν ἕτερον ὢν ἢ λόγος. ὁ δὲ τῷ λόγῳ ἑνωθεὶς ἄνθρωπος, οὐκ ὢν πρότερον, γέγονεν ἄνθρωπος, ὡς διδάσκει ἡμᾶς Ἰωάννης λέγων καὶ ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο « . διὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν τοῦ λόγου μνημονεύων φαίνεται μόνου· εἴτε γὰρ Ἰησοῦ εἴτε Χριστοῦ ὀνόματος μνημονεύει ἡ θεία γραφή, τὸν μετὰ [τὸν] τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ὄντα σαρκὸς τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον ὀνομάζειν φαίνεται. εἰ δέ τις καὶ πρὸ τῆς νέας διαθήκης τὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 〈ἢ〉 Ἰησοῦ ὄνομα ἐπὶ τοῦ λόγου μόνου δεικνύναι δύνασθαι ἐπαγγέλλοιτο, εὑρήσει τοῦτο προφητικῶς εἰρημένον, ὥσπερ καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου δῆλον· »παρέστησαν« γάρ φησιν »οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ κυρίου καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ« .
“For the Word ‘was in the beginning,’” being nothing other than Word. But the man who was united to the Word, who did not exist before, became man, as John teaches us when he says, “and the Word became flesh.” For this reason, then, Scripture appears to mention the Word alone. Whenever divine Scripture mentions the name of Jesus or of Christ, it appears to be naming the Word of God as he exists with human flesh. And if anyone claims he can point out the name of Christ or Jesus applied to the Word alone even before the new covenant, he will find that it was said prophetically, as is clear from this: “The kings of the earth stood by, and the rulers were gathered together against the Lord and against his Christ.”
καὶ μεθ’ ἕτερα ἐπάγει (Nr. 44) εἰκότως οὖν πρὸ τῆς καθόδου 〈τοῦτο ἦν〉, ὅπερ πολλάκις ἔφαμεν, λόγος· μετὰ δὲ τὴν κάθοδον καὶ τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς ἀνάληψιν διαφόρων καὶ τῶν ἐπηγοριῶν τετύχηκεν, ἐπειδὴ »ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο« . τήρει ὅπως διὰ τούτων Μάρκελλος τὸ Ἰησοῦ καὶ Χριστοῦ ὄνομα καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς προσηγορίας οὐ βούλεται κεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τοῦ λόγου, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τῆς σαρκὸς ἧς ἀνείληφεν. ἀναγκαία δὲ ἡ ἐπιτήρησις, ἵν’ ὅταν αὐτὸς πάλιν ἀποβάλῃ τὴν σάρκα ἐλέγχοιτο εἰς αὐτὸν ἀσεβῶν τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ. μετὰ δὴ τὰ προλεχθέντα ἑξῆς προϊὼν [τὰ] περὶ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ σωτῆρος τοιαῦτα γράφει
And after other things he adds: “So it is reasonable that before the descent he was, as we have often said, Word. But after the descent and the taking up of flesh he received various titles, because ‘the Word became flesh.’” Notice how by this Marcellus does not want the name of Jesus and Christ, and the other titles, to be applied to the Word, but to the flesh which he took up. This observation is necessary, so that when Marcellus in turn throws off the flesh, he may be convicted of blaspheming against the very Christ of God. Then, going on after the passages quoted above, he writes the following about the body of the Savior:
(Nr. 8) καὶ μὴ τοῦτο ἀπίθανον εἶναι νομιζέτω Ἀστέριος, εἰ νεώτερον ὂν αὐτοῦ 〈τὸ〉 σῶμα τοσαύτης τυχεῖν ἀρχαιότητος ἐδυνήθη· ἀλλ’ ἐννοείτω, ὅτι 〈εἰ〉 καὶ μάλιστα τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην σάρκα νεωτέραν εἶναι συμβαίνει, ὅμως ὁ ταύτην ἀναλαβεῖν δι’ ἁγνῆς ἀξιώσας παρθένου λόγος, ταύτῃ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ἑνώσας, οὐ μόνον πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως« τὸν ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἄνθρωπον κτισθέντα ἀπειργάσατο, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀρχὴν ἁπάντων αὐτὸν εἶναι βούλεται, οὐ τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς.
“And let Asterius not think it unbelievable that the body, though younger than he, could attain such antiquity. Let him consider this: even if human flesh is in fact younger, still the Word, who deigned to take it from a pure virgin and united his own to it, not only made the man created in himself ‘firstborn of all creation,’ but also wants him to be the beginning of all things, not only of those on earth but also of those in the heavens.”
τοσαῦτα εἰπὼν μεθ’ ἕτερα τὰς ἀποστολικὰς φωνάς, δι’ ὧν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ θεολογεῖ φάσκων »ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου, πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως· ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε θρόνοι εἴτε κυριότητες εἴτε ἀρχαὶ εἴτε ἐξουσίαι, τὰ πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν ἔκτισται· καὶ αὐτός ἐστιν πρὸ πάντων καὶ τὰ πάντα εἰς αὐτὸν συνέστηκεν« , ἐπὶ τὴν σάρκα ἀναφέρει, οὐκ ἐρυθριῶν τὰς τοιαύτας τοῦ ἀποστόλου φωνὰς ἐκλαμβάνειν ἐπὶ τὴν σάρκα. περὶ ἧς προϊὼν αὐτὸς Μάρκελλος ταῦτα γράφει (Nr. 104) εἰ οὖν (ὁ σωτὴρ) ὁμολογεῖ τὴν σάρκα μηδὲν ὠφελεῖν. πῶς ἐγχωρεῖ τὴν ἐκ γῆς τε οὖσαν καὶ μηδὲν ὠφελοῦσαν ἐν τοῖς μέλλουσιν αἰῶσιν ⟨ὡς〉 αὐτῷ λυσιτελοῦσαν συνεῖναι τῷ λόγω;
After saying this, and after other remarks, he applies to the flesh the apostle’s words, in which the apostle speaks of the Son of God in the highest terms: “who is the image of the invisible God, firstborn of all creation; because in him all things in heaven and on earth were created, whether thrones or dominions or rulers or authorities; all things have been created through him and for him; and he is before all things, and in him all things hold together.” He is not ashamed to take such words of the apostle as being about the flesh. Going on, Marcellus himself writes this about it: “If, then, the Savior confesses that the flesh is of no benefit, how can it be that flesh which is from the earth and of no benefit should be with the Word in the ages to come, as though profitable to him?”
καὶ αὖθις περὶ τῆς αὐτῆς σαρκὸς ἐπιλέγει (Nr. 104) πῶς ἔτι τὴν τοῦ δούλου μορφήν. ἣν ἀνείληφεν ὁ λόγος, μορφὴν οὖσαν δούλου. συνεῖναι τῷ λόγῳ [διὸ] δυνατὸν γένοιτ’ ἄν; ἀλλ’ ὁ τοιαῦτα περὶ τῆς σαρκὸς εἰπὼν νῦν »εἰκόνα τοῦ θεοὺ« αὐτὴν λέγει, καὶ »πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως« . αὐτήν τε οὖσαν πρὸ πάντων »καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, θρόνους, κυριότητας, ἀρχάς, ἐξουσίας, ἐν αὐτῇ ἐκτίσθαι« .
And again, about the same flesh, he adds: “How, then, could the form of a slave, which the Word took up, being the form of a slave, be with the Word?” Yet the man who said such things about the flesh now calls it “the image of God” and “firstborn of all creation,” and says that it existed before all things, and that “all things in heaven and on earth, thrones, dominions, rulers, authorities, were created in it.”
γράφει δὲ οὕτως (Nr. 4) οὐκοῦν εἰ »πρωτότοκος« μέν ἐστιν »ἁπάσης κτίσεως« αὐτός, »ἐν αὐτῷ« δὲ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα« , προσήκει εἰδέναι ἡμᾶς, ὅτι περὶ τῆς κατὰ σάρκα οἰκονομίας αὐτοῦ ὁ ἀπόστολος νυνὶ μέμνηται. καὶ ἐπιβεβαιοῖ τὸν λόγον ἐπιφέρων ἑξῆς (Nr. 5) »πρωτότοκος« οὖν »ἁπάσης κτίσεως« διὰ τὴν κατὰ σάρκα γένεσιν ὠνομάσθη, οὐ διὰ τὴν πρώτην, ὡς αὐτοὶ οἴονται, κτίσιν.
He writes as follows: “Therefore, if he himself is ‘firstborn of all creation,’ and ‘in him all things were created,’ we should know that the apostle is now speaking of his economy in the flesh.” And he confirms his statement by adding next: “So he was named ‘firstborn of all creation’ because of his birth in the flesh, not, as they suppose, because of the first creation.”
καὶ ἐπιλέγει (Nr. 6) οὐ τοίνυν οὗτος ὁ ἁγιώτατος λόγος πρὸ τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως »πρωτότοκος ἁπάσης κτίσεως« ὠνόμαστο (πῶς γὰρ δυνατὸν τὸν ἀεὶ ὄντα πρωτότοκον εἶναί τινος;), ἀλλὰ τὸν πρῶτον »καινὸν ἄνθρωπον« , εἰς ὃν »τὰ πάντα ἀνακεφαλαιώσασθαι« ἐβουλήθη ὁ θεός, τοῦτον αἱ θεῖαι γραφαὶ »πρωτότοκον πάσης« ὀνομάζουσιν κτίσεως« . καὶ αὖθις ἐπιφέρει (Nr. 7) ἀκούεις ὅπως οὐ μόνον ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ προϋπάρχοντα »ἔν τε οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἐν αὐτῷ« κατὰ τὴν καινὴν κτίσιν »ἐκτίσθαι« συμβαίνει.
And he adds: “So this most holy Word was not called ‘firstborn of all creation’ before the incarnation (for how could the one who always is be the firstborn of anything?). Rather, it is the first ‘new man,’ in whom God willed ‘to sum up all things,’ that the divine Scriptures call ‘firstborn of all creation.’” And again he adds: “You hear how it happens that not only these things, but also the things that already existed, ‘in heaven and on earth, were created in him,’ in the new creation.”
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν δι’ ὧν πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως διὰ τὴν σάρκα αὐτὸν ὠνομάσθαι εἴρηκεν· θέα δὲ ὅπως καὶ τὸ »κύριος ἔκτισέν με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ« πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν σάρκα ἀναφέρει, μὴ προσέχων τῇ θείᾳ γραφῇ ἐκ προσώπου τῆς σοφίας ἐν ταῖς Παροιμίαις τοῦτον λεγούσῃ τὸν τρόπον »ἐγὼ ἡ σοφία κατεσκήνωσα βουλήν, καὶ γνῶσιν καὶ ἔννοιαν ἐγὼ ἐπεκαλεσάμην· δι’ ἐμοῦ βασιλεῖς βασιλεύουσιν, καὶ οἱ δυνάσται γράφουσιν δικαιοσύνην«.
So much for the passages in which Marcellus says he was named “firstborn of all creation” because of the flesh. Now see how he also applies the words “The Lord created me as the beginning of his ways for his works” to the flesh. He pays no attention to the divine Scripture, which speaks in the person of Wisdom in the Proverbs in this way: “I, Wisdom, made counsel my dwelling, and I called on knowledge and understanding. Through me kings reign, and rulers write down righteousness.”
οἷς ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγει ἡ αὐτὴ σοφία »ἐν ὁδοῖς δικαιοσύνης περιπατῶ, καὶ ἀναμέσον τρίβων δικαιώματος ἀναστρέφομαι, ἵνα μερίσω τοῖς ἐμὲ ἀγαπῶσιν ὕπαρξιν, καὶ τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν ἐμπλήσω ἀγαθῶν. ἐὰν ἀναγγείλω ὑμῖν τὰ καθ’ ἡμέραν γιγνόμενα, μνημονεύσω τὰ ἐξ αἰῶνος ἀριθμῆσαι.
Wisdom goes on to say right after this: “I walk in the ways of righteousness, and I move about among the paths of justice, so that I may give a possession to those who love me, and fill their treasuries with good things. If I report to you what happens day by day, I will remember to count what comes from eternity.
κύριος ἔκτισέν με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ, πρὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐθεμελίωσέν με· ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸ τοῦ τὴν γῆν ποιήσαι« καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἑξῆς. οἷς μὴ βουληθεὶς τὴν διάνοιαν ἐπιστῆσαι Μάρκελλος, ἑνὸς δὲ μόνου γενόμενος σκοποῦ, τοῦ μὴ ὁμολογῆσαι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, τὴν προκειμένην θεολογίαν ἐπὶ τὴν σάρκα ἀναφέρει, καὶ τὴν εὐθεῖαν παρεκτραπεὶς ὁδὸν ἀνοδίαν ἑαυτῷ ἐπενόησεν, γράφων κατὰ λέξιν οὕτως
The Lord created me as the beginning of his ways for his works. Before the age he founded me. In the beginning, before he made the earth,” and what follows. Marcellus did not want to fix his mind on these words. He had only one aim, which was to avoid confessing the Son of God. So he applies this plain statement about the divine nature to the flesh. He turned aside from the straight road and invented a trackless path for himself. His words are these:
(Nr. 9) τὸ τοίνυν κεφάλαιον τουτὶ τῆς Παροιμίας οὐ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς θεότητος, ὥσπερ αὐτοὶ νομίζουσιν, τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν παραστῆσαι βουλόμενον »κύριος ἔκτισέν με« ἔφη, ἀλλὰ τὴν δευτέραν κατὰ σάρκα οἰκονομίαν· διὸ καὶ κτίσεως μέμνηται προσφόρως τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης σαρκός.
“So this passage of the Proverbs, when it says ‘The Lord created me,’ does not mean to set out the beginning of our Savior’s divinity, as these people suppose. It means the second arrangement, the one in the flesh. For this reason it fittingly speaks of the creation of human flesh.”
καὶ ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγει (Nr. 9) οὐκοῦν ἡ κτίσις τῇ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον αὐτοῦ διαφέρει πραγματείᾳ. διό φησιν »κύριος ἔκτισέν με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ«, ἔκτισέν με δηλονότι διὰ τῆς παρθένου Μαρίας δι’ ἧς ὁ θεὸς ἑνῶσαι τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην σάρκα τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λόγῳ προείλετο.
And he continues: “So the creation belongs to his work as a man. That is why it says, ‘The Lord created me as the beginning of his ways for his works.’ It means: he created me through the virgin Mary, through whom God chose beforehand to unite human flesh to his own Word.”
καὶ μεθ’ ἕτερα προστίθησιν λέγων (Nr. 10) τούτου τοίνυν οὕτως ἔχοντος, ἀκόλουθόν ἐστιν σκοπεῖν τῇ διανοίᾳ τὸ παροιμιωδῶς εἰρημένον τουτὶ κεφάλαιον »κύριος ἔκτισέν με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοὺ«. ἔκτισεν γὰρ ἀληθῶς τὸ μὴ ὂν πεποιηκὼς ὁ δεσπότης ἡμῶν θεός· οὐκ οὖσαν 〈γὰρ〉 τὴν σάρκα, ἣν ἀνείληφεν ὁ λόγος 〈ἀλλὰ μὴ οὖσαν ἔκτισεν〉. καὶ ἐπιφέρει αὖθις λέγων (Nr. 113) οὐκοῦν τοῦτ’ ἐστιν τὸ »κύριος ἔκτισέν με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ«.
After some other remarks he adds: “This being so, it follows that we should consider in our minds this passage, spoken in a proverb: ‘The Lord created me as the beginning of his ways for his works.’ For our Master God truly created, making what did not exist. For the flesh which the Word took up was not in existence; he created it when it did not exist.” And he adds again: “This, then, is what ‘The Lord created me as the beginning of his ways for his works’ means.”
ἐπάγει δέ (Nr. 14) »πρὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐθεμελίωσέν με«, θεμέλιον μὲν τοῦτον ὀνομάζων, τὴν κατὰ σάρκα αὐτοῦ προορισθεῖσαν οἰκονομίαν. ὡς καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγει »θεμέλιον γὰρ ἄλλον οὐδεὶς δύναται θεῖναι παρὰ τὸν κείμενον, ὅς ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς Χριστός«. ἑνὸς δὲ αἰῶνος ἐνταῦθα μέμνηται, ἀφ’ οὗ τὰ κατὰ τὸν Χριστὸν τεθεμελιῶσθαι ἔφη.
He goes on: “‘Before the age he founded me.’ He calls this a foundation, meaning the arrangement in the flesh that had been appointed beforehand. So the apostle also says, ‘For no one can lay any other foundation than the one that is laid, which is Jesus Christ.’ He mentions only one age here, from which he said the things of Christ were founded.”
καὶ πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν βεβαιοῖ λέξιν φάσκων (Nr. 17) εἰκότως ὁ προφήτης ἔφη »πρὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐθεμελίωσέν με«, δηλονότι τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἀληθῶς υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον κοινωνίαν. καὶ ἐπιλέγει ἑξῆς (Nr. 18) εἶτα »ἐν ἀρχῇ« φησὶν »πρὸ τοῦ τὴν γῆν ποιῆσαι«. γῆν ποίαν ταύτην ⟨ἢ⟩ δηλονότι τὴν ἡμετέραν σάρκα, τὴν μετὰ τὴν παρακοὴν γῆν αὖθις γενομένην; »γῆ« γὰρ »εἶ« φησὶν »καὶ εἰς γῆν ἀπελεύσῃ«. ἔδει γὰρ ταύτην ἰάσεως τυχεῖν, τινὰ τρόπον κοινωνή〈σα〉σαν τῷ ἁγίῳ λόγῳ.
And again he confirms the same wording, saying: “The prophet rightly said, ‘Before the age he founded me.’ He plainly means the flesh, because of its fellowship with his true Son, the Word.” Then he adds: “Next he says, ‘In the beginning, before he made the earth.’ What earth is this, if not our flesh, which became earth again after the disobedience? For it says, ‘You are earth, and to earth you will return.’ This flesh had to receive healing, since in some way it had come into fellowship with the holy Word.”
θέα δὲ πῶς ἐν τούτοις ὁ Μάρκελλος ἑαυτῷ περιπίπτει. φήσας γοῦν ἐν ἑτέρῳ [περιπίπτει] ⟨τὴν σάρκα⟩ εἶναι τὴν »ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν« τοῦ θεοῦ κτισθεῖσαν καὶ πάλιν »θεμέλιον« τὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι εἰπών, ἐπάγει τὸ »πρὸ τοῦ τὴν γῆν ποιήσαι«. εἶθ’ ἑρμηνεύει τὴν γῆν πάλιν τὴν σάρκα εἶναι, οὐχ ὁρῶν ὡς οὐδεμίαν ἔχει ἀκολουθίαν πρὸ τῆς σαρκὸς τὴν σάρκα ἐκτίσθαι λέγειν καὶ μετὰ τὴν κτίσιν τῆς σαρκὸς πάλιν τὴν σάρκα ὀνομάζειν.
But see how Marcellus contradicts himself here. In one place he said that the flesh is “the beginning of his ways” that God created, and again he said that the same flesh is the “foundation.” Then he adds “before he made the earth,” and explains that the earth too is the flesh. He does not see that it makes no sense to say that the flesh was created before the flesh, and then, after the creation of the flesh, to call it flesh again.
ὁ δὲ ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις ἐπιφέρει ἑξῆς λέγων (Nr. 19) εἶτα »πρὸ τοῦ τὰς ἀβύσσους ποιῆσαι« φησίν· ἐνταῦθα τὰς ἀβύσσους παροιμιωδῶς ὁ προφήτης τὰς τῶν ἁγίων καρδίας εἶναι λέγει τὰς ἐν τῷ ἑαυτῶν βάθει τὴν τοῦ πνεύματος ἐχούσας δωρεάν.
On top of this, he goes on to say: “Then it says, ‘Before he made the depths.’ Here the prophet means, in a proverbial way, that the depths are the hearts of the saints, which hold the gift of the Spirit in their own depth.”
καὶ ἐν τούτοις δὲ πρόσχες, ὅπως εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἐκλαβὼν εἰρῆσθαι τὸ »κύριος ἔκτισέν με«, ἔπειτα στενοχωρούμενος ὑπὸ τῆς γραφῆς λεγούσης »πρὸ τοῦ τὰς ἀβύσσους ποιῆσαι«, τὰς μὲν ἀβύσσους ἑρμηνεύει τὰς τῶν ἁγίων καρδίας λέγων αὐτὰς εἶναι, οὐ συνορᾷ δὲ ὅτι αἱ τῶν ἁγίων καρδίαι, τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ δηλαδὴ καὶ τοῦ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ Μωσέως τε καὶ Ἡλίου καὶ Μελχισεδὲκ καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν προφητῶν, πρὸ τῆς σαρκὸς γεγόνασιν τοῦ σωτῆρος.
Notice in this too what he does. He took “The Lord created me” to be said about the flesh. Then, hemmed in by the Scripture that says “before he made the depths,” he explains the depths as the hearts of the saints. But he does not see that the hearts of the saints, that is, of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, of Moses, Elijah and Melchizedek, and of the other prophets, existed before the Savior’s flesh.
πῶς οὖν δυνατὸν ἐπὶ τὴν σάρκα ἀναφέρειν ⟨τὸ⟩ »πρὸ τοῦ τὰς ἀβύσσους ποιῆσαι«; καὶ μεθ’ ἕτερα δὲ αὖθις ἐπάγει λέγων (Nr. 20) τί τοίνυν ἐστὶν ⟨καὶ τουτὶ⟩ τὸ κεφάλαιον »πρὸ τοῦ προελθεῖν τὰς πηγὰς ⟨τῶν ὑδάτων«; τοὺς ἱεροὺς ἀποστόλους εἶναί φησιν⟩. τοῦτο δὲ ἡμῖν τὸ μυστήριον παρίστησιν ἡ τῆς Ἐξόδου γραφὴ τοὺς τῶν ἀποστόλων τύπους πάλαι προαγορεύουσα, δώδεκα γὰρ ὄντων τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἀποστόλων δώδεκα πηγῶν μέμνηται.
How, then, is it possible to apply the words “before He made the abysses” to the flesh? And after some other remarks Marcellus again goes on to say (Nr. 20): “What, then, is this heading too: ‘before the springs of the waters came forth’? He says it means the holy apostles.” The Scripture of Exodus sets this mystery before us, announcing the types of the apostles long ago; for since the apostles were twelve in number, it mentions twelve springs.
καὶ αὖθις ἐπάγει τὸ αὐτὸ γράφων οὕτως (Nr. 20) εἰκότως οὖν περὶ τῆς κατὰ σάρκα γενέσεως ὁ δεσπότης διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Σολομῶνος λέγοντος »πρὸ τοῦ προελθεῖν τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων« ἔφη.
And he goes on to repeat the same thing, writing as follows (Nr. 20): “So it was reasonable that the Master, speaking through the prophet Solomon, said ‘before the springs of the waters came forth’ concerning his birth according to the flesh.”
21 ἔπειτα ἑξῆς ἕτερά τινα διελθὼν ἐπιφέρει (Nr. 22) οὐκοῦν ἐπειδήπερ περὶ τῶν προαγόντων εἰρήκαμεν, ἀκόλουθόν ἐστιν καὶ τὸ λεῖπον ἀναπληρῶσαι. λείπει δὲ τὸ κατὰ τὰ ὅρη καὶ τοὺς βουνούς. »πρὸ« γὰρ »τοῦ ὄρη ἑδρασθῆναι« φησὶν »πρὸ δὲ πάντων τῶν βουνῶν γεννᾷ μέ«. ὄρη καὶ βουνοὺς τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ τοὺς τῶν ἀποστόλων διαδόχους λέγει, ἵνα παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους τὴν κατ’ αὐτῶν δικαίαν πολιτείαν παροιμιωδῶς σημήνῃ.
Then, after going through some other matters in order, he continues (Nr. 22): “Since, then, we have spoken about the things that came first, it follows that we should fill in what is left. What is left is the part about the mountains and hills. For he says, ‘before the mountains were set firm, and before all the hills, he begets me.’ By mountains and hills he means the apostles and the successors of the apostles, so as to indicate, in figurative language, their righteous way of life as set against other people.”
τοιαύτας τινὰς ἑρμηνείας ἐκθέμενος αὖθις ἐπὶ τὰς ἀποστολικὰς μεταβαίνει φωνάς, τἀναντία τῷ ἀποστόλῳ φθεγγόμενος. ὁ μὲν γὰρ τὸν προόντα υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ »πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως« αὐτὸν εἶναι ἐδίδασκεν, »τὰ πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ« ἐκτίσθαι, αὐτόν τε εἶναι »πρὸ πάντων« μεγάλῃ βοῇ μαρτυρόμενος· ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν σάρκα καὶ ταύτην καταβάλλει τὴν θεολογίαν, μικρὸν ὕστερον καὶ ταύτην ἀρνούμενος.
After setting out interpretations of this kind, he turns again to the words of the apostle, and speaks the opposite of what the apostle says. For the apostle taught that the Son of God existed beforehand and is “firstborn of all creation.” With a loud voice he testified that “all things” were created “through him and in him,” and that he is “before all things.” But Marcellus drags this teaching down to the flesh, and a little later denies even this.
λέγει δὲ οὕτως (Nr. = 43) διὰ τοῦτο εἰκότως ἐπιφέρει »ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου«. πότε γενόμενος εἰκὼν ἢ ὁπηνίκα τὸ »κατ’ εἰκόνα καὶ καθ’ ὁμοίωσιν« ἀνείληφεν πλάσμα; πρότερον γάρ, ὥσπερ πολλάκις ἔφην, οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἦν ἢ λόγος. καὶ ἐπιμένει τὸ αὐτὸ γυμνότερον διασαφῶν, δι’ ὧν φησίν (Nr. 82) οὐκοῦν πρόδηλον, ὅτι πρὸ τῆς τοῦ ἡμετέρου σώματος ἀναλήψεως ὁ λόγος καθ’ ἑαυτὸν οὐκ ἦν εἰκὼν τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ· τὴν γὰρ εἰκόνα ὁρᾶσθαι προσήκει, ἵνα διὰ τῆς εἰκόνος τὸ τέως μὴ ὁρώμενον ὁρᾶσθαι δύνηται.
He says this (Nr. 43): “For this reason he fittingly adds, ‘who is the image of the invisible God.’ When did he become an image? Or when he took up the creature formed ‘according to image and likeness’? For before that, as I have often said, he was nothing other than Word.” And he persists, making the same point more plainly in these words (Nr. 82): “So it is clear that before he took up our body, the Word by himself was not the image of the invisible God. For an image must be seen, so that through the image what until then was not seen can be seen.”
καὶ πάλιν προστίθησιν λέγων (Nr. 82) πῶς οὖν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον Ἀστέριος εἶναι γέγραφεν· αἱ γὰρ εἰκόνες τούτων ὧν εἰσιν εἰκόνες καὶ ἀπόντων δεικτικαί εἰσιν, ὥστε καὶ τὸν ἀπόντα δι’ αὐτῶν φαίνεσθαι δοκεῖν. εἰ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀοράτου ὄντος ἀόρατον εἶναι καὶ τὸν λόγον συμβαίνει, πῶς εἰκὼν τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ καθ’ ἑαυτὸν ὁ λόγος εἶναι δύναται, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀόρατος ὤν; ἀδύνατον γὰρ τὸ μὴ ὁρατὸν διὰ τοῦ ἀοράτου φανῆναί ποτε.
And again he adds (Nr. 82): “How then did Asterius write that the Word of God is the image of the invisible God? For images show the things they are images of even when those things are absent, so that the absent one seems to appear through them. But if God is invisible and it follows that the Word is invisible too, how can the Word by himself be the image of the invisible God, when he himself is invisible? For it is impossible for what is not visible ever to be made visible through something invisible.”
καὶ ἐν τούτοις δὲ ὁ Μάρκελλος οὐ συνορᾷ, ὅτι εἰ τὴν σάρκα δοίημεν εἶναι τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ θεοῦ, ὥρα καὶ πάντων ἀνθρώπων τὰς σάρκας καὶ τὰ τῶν σωμάτων πρόσωπα εἰκόνας εἶναι λέγειν τοῦ θεοῦ, ὥστε κατ’ αὐτὸν μηδὲν ἐξαίρετον ἐσχηκέναι τὸν σωτῆρα. ὁ δ’ ὥσπερ ἐπιλαθόμενος ὧν μετὰ ταῦτα περὶ τῆς σαρκὸς συνέγραψεν (»δούλου μορφὴν« αὐτὴν εἰπὼν ἐξ ἀποστολικῆς παραθέσεως καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μὴ δύνασθαι συνεῖναι τῷ λόγῳ διὰ τὸ »δούλου μορφὴν« εἶναι,
Here too Marcellus fails to see that if we grant that the flesh is the image of God, it is time to say that the flesh of all people, and the faces of their bodies, are images of God. On his view the Savior would then have had nothing exceptional. Yet Marcellus seems to forget what he wrote afterward about the flesh. He called it “the form of a servant,” drawing on the apostle’s wording, and said that for this very reason, because it is “the form of a servant,” it cannot be united with the Word.
ἀλλὰ καὶ γυμνῇ τῇ κεφαλῇ φήσας (Nr. 104) πῶς ἐγχωρεῖ τὴν ἐκ γῆς τε οὖσαν καὶ μηδὲν ὠφελοῦσαν ἐν τοῖς μέλλουσιν αἰῶσιν συνεῖναι τῷ λόγῳ;), εἶναι εἰκόνα τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ τὴν σάρκα ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος [εἶναι] διισχυρίζεται, διαβεβαιούμενος ἀποφαντικῶς (Nr. 82) ὅτι πρὸ τῆς τοῦ ἡμετέρου σώματος ἀναλήψεως οὐκ ἦν εἰκὼν τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ.
He even said outright (Nr. 104): “How can it be that what is from the earth and is of no benefit in the ages to come is united with the Word?” Yet at the present point he insists that the flesh is the image of the invisible God, and declares emphatically (Nr. 82) that before the taking up of our body his Word was not the image of the invisible God.
20 καὶ αὖθις μετὰ τὰ ἐκτεθέντα ἐπιφέρει λέγων (Nr. 83) διὸ πανταχόθεν δῆλον εἰκόνα τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ εἰρῆσθαι ἀποστόλου τὴν προσγενομένην τῷ λόγῳ σάρκα, ἵνα διὰ τοῦ ὁρατοῦ καὶ τὸ ἀόρατον φαίνηται. »εἰκὼν« δὲ »ἐστὶν« φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος »τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ«. νῦν δηλονότι, ὁπηνίκα τὴν κατ’ εἰκόνα τοῦ θεοῦ γενομένην ἀνείληφεν σάρκα, εἰκὼν ἀληθὴς τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ γέγονεν.
And again, after the passages already set out, he goes on to say (Nr. 83): “So it is clear from every side that the holy apostle called the flesh that was added to the Word the image of the invisible God, so that through what is visible the invisible might also appear. The apostle says, ‘He is the image of the invisible God.’ That is, now, when he has taken up the flesh made according to the image of God, he has become the true image of the invisible God.”
εἰ γὰρ διὰ τῆς εἰκόνος ταύτης τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον ἠξιώθημεν γνῶναι, πιστεύειν ὀφείλομεν αὐτῷ τῷ λόγῳ διὰ τῆς εἰκόνος λέγοντι ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν«. οὕτε γὰρ τὸν λόγον οὕτε τὸν πατέρα τοῦ λόγου χωρὶς τῆς εἰκόνος ταύτης γνῶναί τινα δυνατόν.
“For if we were counted worthy to know the Word of God through this image, we ought to believe the Word himself when he speaks through the image: ‘I and the Father are one.’ For no one can know either the Word or the Father of the Word apart from this image.”
καὶ πάλιν ἐπιφέρει (Nr. 84) οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολός φησιν, ὥσπερ μικρῷ πρόσθεν ἔφαμεν »ἐκένωσεν ἑαυτὸν μορφὴν δούλου λαβών«, διὰ τῆς μορφῆς τοῦ δούλου τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἡμῖν σημαίνων σάρκα, ἣν ὁ δεσπότης ἡμῶν θεὸς τῇ ἑαυτοῦ διαπλάττων σοφίᾳ »ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον« ἔφη »κατ’ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ ὁμοίωσιν«, καλῶς τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην σάρκα ὀνομάζων εἰκόνα. ἥδει γὰρ ἀκριβῶς ὅτι εἰκὼν ἔσται μικρὸν ὕστερον τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ λόγου.
And again he adds (Fr. 84): “So the apostle also says, as we said a little earlier, ‘he emptied himself, taking the form of a servant.’ By ‘the form of a servant’ he means human flesh for us. Our Lord God shaped that flesh by his own wisdom when he said, ‘Let us make man in our image and likeness.’ He rightly calls human flesh an image, for he knew exactly that it would, a little later, be the image of his own Word.”
μετὰ ταῦτα πειρᾶται κατασκευάζειν ὅτι καὶ τὸ »ἐκ γαστρὸς πρὸ ἑωσφόρου ἐγέννησά σε« περὶ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐλέγετο, γράφει δὲ οὕτως (Nr. 26) διὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν τοῦ τὴν ἡμέραν δηλοῦντος ἀστέρος ἑωσφόρου ὑπὸ τοῦ προφήτου Δαυὶδ εἰκότως ὀνομασθέντος, οὐκέτι ζητεῖσθαι δίκαιον τὸν ἑωσφόρον, τίς δήποτε ὢν οὗτος τυγχάνει· οὗτος γὰρ ἦν ὁ τηνικαῦτα φανεὶς ἀστήρ, ὁ φέρων τε καὶ δηλῶν τὴν ἡμέραν τοῖς μάγοις.
After this he tries to argue that the words “From the womb before the morning star I begat you” were also said about the flesh. He writes as follows (Fr. 26): “For this reason, then, since the star that marks the day was fittingly called the morning star by the prophet David, it is no longer right to ask who the morning star is. For it was the star that appeared at that time, the one that brought and announced the day to the magi.”
πρόδηλον οὖν τὸ »πρὸ ἑωσφόρου ἐγέννησά σε« ὑπὸ τοῦ παντοκράτορος εἰρῆσθαι δεσπότου περὶ τοῦ διὰ τῆς παρθένου γεννηθέντος σὺν τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ σαρκὶ λόγου, σαφῶς καὶ τοῦτο τοῦ εὐαγγελίου σημαίνοντος, πρότερον μὲν τὸν δεσπότην ἡμῶν διὰ τῆς παρθένου τετέχθαι, ὕστερον δὲ τὸν ἀστέρα φανῆναι τὸν τὴν ἡμέραν δεικνύντα.
“It is therefore clear that the words ‘Before the morning star I begat you’ were spoken by the almighty Lord about the Word who was born of the virgin together with human flesh. The gospel also shows this plainly: our Lord was born of the virgin first, and afterward the star appeared that pointed out the day.”
ἐπὶ τούτοις προϊὼν αὖθις ἐπιλέγει (Nr. 94) εἴληφεν γὰρ ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὐ μόνον τὴν ἐπὶ γῆς τῶν πραγμάτων ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, εἰκότως· εἰ γὰρ ὅτε καὶ »ἄνθρωπος« ἐγένετο καὶ »μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων« τότε εἰς αὐτὸν ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα«, ὡς ἔφη ὁ ἀπόστολος, »τά τε ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς«, ἀκόλουθόν ἐστιν ἀκριβῶς γινώσκειν ὅτι ἐξουσία οὐ μόνον τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς αὐτῷ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς δέδοται. καὶ αὖθις μεθ’ ἕτερα ἐπάγει (Nr. 95) εἰ γὰρ περί τινος δόξης δοθείσης αὐτῷ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς τὸ ἱερὸν εὐαγγέλιον λέγει, ταύτην ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τοῦ λόγου εἰληφὼς φαίνεται. »μεσίτης« γὰρ γενόμενος κατὰ τὸν ἱερὸν ἀπόστολον »θεοῦ τε καὶ ἀνθρώπων« τῇ δοθείσῃ αὐτῷ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς δόξῃ τοὺς θεοσεβεῖς ἐδόξασεν ἀνθρώπους.
Going on after this, he adds again (Fr. 94): “For man received authority not only over things on earth but also over things in heaven, and rightly so. For if, when he also became ‘man’ and ‘mediator between God and men,’ ‘all things were created for him,’ as the apostle said, ‘both those in heaven and those on earth,’ then it follows that we should know exactly that authority was given to him not only over things on earth but also over things in heaven.” And again, after other things, he adds (Fr. 95): “For if the holy gospel speaks of a certain glory given to him by the Father, man evidently received this glory through the Word. For having become, in the words of the holy apostle, ‘mediator between God and men,’ he glorified God-fearing men with the glory the Father had given him.”
καὶ πάλιν προστίθησιν ταῦτα (Nr. 96) καὶ ἠξίωσεν τὸν πεσόντα διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς ἄνθρωπον τῷ ἑαυτοῦ διὰ τῆς παρθένου συναφθῆναι λόγῳ. ποία γὰρ ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἑτέρα μείζων δόξα γένοιτ’ ἂν τῆς δόξης ταύτης; εἰπὼν δὲ ὅτι »ἐδόξασά σε«, ἐπιφέρει λέγων »καὶ πάλιν δοξάσω«, ἵνα δι’ ὑπερβολὴν φιλανθρωπίας ἐν τῇ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τῆς σαρκὸς δευτέρᾳ δόξῃ τὸν πρότερον θνητὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀθάνατον ἀπεργάσηται καὶ τοσαύτῃ αὐτὸν δοξάσῃ δόξῃ, ὥστε μὴ μόνον αὐτὸν τῆς προτέρας ἀπαλλαγῆναι δουλείας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον ἀξιωθῆναι δόξης.
And again he adds these things (Fr. 96): “He also deemed man, who had fallen through disobedience, worthy to be joined through the virgin to his own Word. For what other glory among men could be greater than this glory? After saying ‘I glorified you,’ he adds, ‘and I will glorify you again.’ In his surpassing love for mankind, by this second glory after the resurrection of the flesh, he would make the man who was formerly mortal immortal. He would glorify him with such glory that man would not only be freed from his former slavery but would also be counted worthy of a glory beyond man.”
καὶ αὖθις ἐπιλέγει (Nr. 97) ἵνα, ὡς ἔφην, ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου ἀπατηθέντα πρότερον τὸν ἄνθρωπον αὐτὸν αὖθις νικῆσαι τὸν διάβολον παρασκευάσῃ. διὰ τοῦτο ἀνείληφεν τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἵνα ἀκολούθως τοῦτον ἀπαρχὴν τῆς ἐξουσίας παραλαβεῖν παρασκευάσῃ. καὶ προστίθησιν ἔτι λέγων (Nr. = 97) οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαπητός, ὁ τῷ λόγῳ ἑνωθεὶς ἄνθρωπος, περὶ οὗ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς ἔφη »οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἐν ᾧ εὐδόκησα« .
And again he adds (Fr. 97): “So that, as I said, he might prepare man, who was first deceived by the devil, to defeat the devil himself in turn. For this reason he took up man, so that he might in due order prepare him to receive the firstfruits of authority.” And he adds further (Fr. 97, continued): “For this is the beloved, the man united to the Word, about whom the evangelist said, ‘This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased.’”
καὶ αὖθις ἐπιφέρει (Nr. 98) ὅτι ὁ λόγος τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ διὰ παρθένου τεχθήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν καὶ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἀναλήψεσθαι σάρκα, καὶ ἵνα δι’ αὐτῆς τὸν πρότερον κατισχύσαντα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου διάβολον καταγωνισάμενος μὴ μόνον ἄφθαρτον αὐτὸν καὶ ἀθάνατον γενέσθαι παρασκευάσῃ, ἀλλὰ καὶ σύνθρονον ἐν οὐρανοῖς τῷ θεῷ.
And again he adds (Fr. 98): “The Word of the invisible God was going to be born of a virgin and take up human flesh. Through that flesh he would fight and defeat the devil, who had earlier overpowered man. He would then prepare man to become not only incorruptible and immortal but also enthroned with God in heaven.”
ταῦτα δὲ πάντα ἀναγκαῖον κατέχειν ἐν μνήμῃ διὰ τὰ μέλλοντα ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ Μαρκέλλου κατὰ τῆς σαρκός, ἧς ἀνείληφεν ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος, προφέρεσθαι. ὡς γὰρ ἀμνημονήσας τούτων ἀπάντων, ὧν ἐξέθετο, τέλος οὐκ αἴσιον οὐδ’ εὐσεβὲς ἐπάγει τῷ σωτηρίῳ σώματι. πρὸς τούτοις ἅπασιν, ὥσπερ τῶν προτέρων αὐτῷ κατωρθωμένων, πειρᾶται δεικνύναι καὶ τὸ »ὁ κύριος ἐβασίλευσεν, ἀγαλλιάσθω ἡ γῆ« εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἀναφέρεσθαι.
It is necessary to keep all this in mind because of what Marcellus himself is going to bring forward against the flesh that the Word of God took up. For as though he had forgotten everything he had set out, he brings the Savior’s body to an end that is neither good nor godly. On top of all this, as if his earlier points were already established, he tries to show that the words “The Lord reigned; let the earth rejoice” also refer to the flesh.
λέγει δὲ οὕτως (Nr. 99) ὁ γοῦν καταβὰς καὶ τὴν σάρκα διὰ τῆς παρθένου προσλαβὼν κατεστάθη βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, δηλονότι ἵνα διὰ τοῦ λόγου ὁ τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν πρότερον ἐκπεπτωκὼς ἄνθρωπος βασιλείας τυχεῖν δυνηθῇ. τοῦτον οὖν τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν πρότερον διὰ τὴν παρακοὴν τῆς βασιλείας ἐκπεπτωκότα κύριον καὶ θεὸν γενέσθαι βουλόμενος ὁ θεὸς ταύτην τὴν οἰκονομίαν εἰργάσατο. ὁ οὖν ἁγιώτατος προφήτης Δαυὶδ προφητικῶς λέγει ὁ κύριος ἐβασίλευσεν, ἀγαλλιάσθω ἡ γῆ« .
He puts it this way (Fr. 99): “The one, then, who came down and took on flesh through the virgin was appointed king over the church. This was clearly so that through the Word the man who had earlier fallen from the kingdom of heaven might be able to obtain the kingdom. God, wishing this man, who had earlier fallen from the kingdom through disobedience, to become lord and god, brought about this plan. So the most holy prophet David says prophetically, ‘The Lord reigned; let the earth rejoice.’”
καὶ μεθ’ ἕτερα ἐπιφέρει (Nr. 100) δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν, ὥσπερ ἀρχὴν βασιλείας ἀπό τινος λαβόντος χρόνου τοῦ δεσπότου ἡμῶν Χριστοῦ, ἡ προφητεία φησὶν ἐγὼ δὲ κατεστάθην βασιλεὺς ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ« . καὶ πάλιν ἐπιφέρει (Nr. 100) διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ βασιλεύσει [ἵνα] ἐν τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ σαρκὶ γενόμενος, βασιλεύς τε καταστὰς διὰ τοῦ λόγου ὁ ἀπατηθεὶς πρότερον ἄνθρωπος »πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν« τοῦ διαβόλου »καὶ δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν καταργήσει« .
And after other things he adds: “This is why the prophecy, speaking as though our Lord Christ took the beginning of his kingdom at some point in time, says, ‘But I was appointed king by him.’” And again he adds: “For this reason he will also reign. Having come to be in human flesh, and having been established as king through the Word, the man who was deceived at first will abolish ‘all rule and power and authority’ of the devil.”
τοσαῦτα περὶ τῆς σαρκὸς τοῦ σωτῆρος καὶ τούτων ἔτι πολλῷ πλείονα εἰπών, φήσας τε αὐτὴν εἶναι τὴν εἰκόνα »τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου« καὶ τὸν πρωτότοκον »πάσης κτίσεως« καὶ τὸν βασιλέα καὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ τὸν Χριστὸν καὶ τὸν ἀγαπητὸν καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα κατέλεξεν, δι’ αὐτήν τε ταῦτα πάντα κληθῆναι τὸν λόγον ἀποφηνάμενος, ὁποῖον τέλος αὐτῇ περιτίθησιν ἤδη θεωρῆσαι καιρός.
Marcellus said all this about the Savior’s flesh, and much more besides. He said that the flesh is “the image of the invisible God” and “the firstborn of all creation,” and the king, and Jesus, and the Christ, and the beloved, and everything else he listed. He declared that the Word was called all these things because of the flesh. It is now time to look at the kind of end he gives that flesh.
Chapter 4
(Nr. 100) Διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ βασιλεύσει ἐν τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ σαρκὶ γενό μενος, βασιλεύς τε καταστὰς διὰ τοῦ λόγου ὁ ἀπατηθεὶς πρότερον ἄνθρωπος »πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν« τοῦ διαβόλου »καὶ δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν καταργήσει« . »δεῖ γὰρ αὐτὸν βασιλεύειν« φησὶν »ἄχρι οὗ ἂν θῇ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ« . τῆς τοίνυν τοῦ δεσπότου ἡμῶν Χριστοῦ βασιλείας τοῦτο τέλος εἶναί φησιν ὁ ἱερὸς ἀπόστολος, τὸ πάντα ὑποταγῆναι τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτοῦ. καὶ μετὰ βραχέα ἐπιλέγει (Nr. 101) μέγιστον ἡμῖν μυστήριον ἐνταῦθα ὁ ἀπόστολος ἀνακαλύπτει, τέλος μὲν ἔσεσθαι φάσκων τῆς Χριστοῦ βασιλείας· τέλος δὲ τότε, ὅταν πάντα ὑποταγῇ ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ.
“For this reason he will reign, having come to be in human flesh. And having been established as king through the Word, the man who was deceived at first will abolish ‘all rule and power and authority’ of the devil. For he must reign,” he says, “until he puts his enemies under his feet.” So the holy apostle says this is the end of the kingdom of our Lord Christ: that all things be subjected under his feet. And a little later Marcellus adds: “Here the apostle reveals to us a very great mystery. He says that there will be an end of Christ’s kingdom, and that the end comes when all things have been subjected under his feet.”
καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπεξεργαζόμενος τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον οὕτως γράφει (Nr. 102) ἔφαμεν ἐν τοῖς προάγουσιν ἡμῶν ῥητοῖς τὸν δεσπότην ἡμῶν τὸν Χριστὸν ἀρχὴν ἐσχηκέναι βασιλείας, ἐκ τῶν θείων γραφῶν ἀποδείξεσιν χρώμενοι. ἔστιν μὲν μία ἡ λέγουσα »ἐγὼ δὲ κατεστάθην βασιλεὺς ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ Σιὼν ὄρος τὸ ἅγιον αὐτοῦ« ,
And working out the same argument still further, he writes as follows: “In our earlier statements we said that our Lord Christ has had a beginning of his kingdom, and we used proofs from the divine Scriptures. One is the passage that says, ‘But I was appointed king by him on Zion, his holy mountain.’
ἑτέρα δέ »ὁ κύριος ἐβασίλευσεν, ὀργιζέσθωσαν λαοί« , καὶ αὖθις »ὁ κύριος ἐβασίλευσεν, ἀγαλλιάσθω ἡ γῆ« . καὶ ὅλως μυρίων ῥητῶν πρὸς μαρτυρίαν ἔστιν εὐπορήσαντα δεῖξαι, ὅτι ἀρχὴν βασιλείας εἴληφεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τοῦ λόγου. εἰ οὖν εἴληφεν ἀρχὴν βασιλείας πρὸ ἐτῶν ὅλων οὐ πλειόνων 〈ἢ〉 τετρακοσίων, οὐδὲν παράδοξον, εἰ τὸν πρὸ οὕτως ὀλίγου χρόνου τῆς βασιλείας ταύτης τυχόντα ὁ ἀπόστολός φησιν παραδώσειν τὴν βασιλείαν, δηλονότι τῷ θεῷ τῷ καταστήσαντι αὐτόν, ὡς ἡ γραφή φησιν, βασιλέα.
“Another says, ‘The Lord has reigned; let the peoples be angry.’ And again, ‘The Lord has reigned; let the earth rejoice.’ In short, there is an abundance of countless passages we could use as testimony to show that the man received the beginning of his kingdom through the Word. If he received the beginning of his kingdom not more than four hundred years ago, it is no surprise that the apostle says that the one who obtained this kingdom so short a time ago will hand the kingdom over. He means that he will hand it over to God, who, as the Scripture says, appointed him king.”
καὶ μεθ’ ἕτερα οὕτω γράφει (Nr. 103) οὐκοῦν ἐνεργείᾳ μόνῃ διὰ τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς πρόφασιν ἄχρι τοσούτου κεχωρίσθαι τοῦ πατρὸς φαίνεται, ἄχρι οὗ ἂν ὁ προσιὼν τῆς κρίσεως ἀναφανῇ καιρός, ἵνα τῶν τηνικαῦτα ἐκκεντησάντων κατὰ τὴν προφητείαν ἑωρακότων τὸν ἐκκεντηθέντα, οὕτω καὶ τὸ λειπόμενον ἀκολούθως γένηται.
And after other things he writes: “So it appears that, by activity alone, and because of the flesh, he has been separated from the Father until the coming time of judgment appears. Then those who pierced him will, as the prophecy says, have seen the one they pierced, and so the rest will follow in order.”
πάντων γὰρ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τοῦ τέλους ὑποτάσσεσθαι μελλόντων τῷ Χριστῷ, ὡς ὁ ἀπόστολος ἔφη, τηνικαῦτα »αὐτὸς ὑποταγήσεται τῷ ὑποτάξαντι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα« . τί τοίνυν μανθάνομεν περὶ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης σαρκός, ἣν δι’ ἡμᾶς ἀνείληφεν ὁ λόγος πρὸ τετρακοσίων οὐχ ὅλων ἐτῶν; 〈πότερόν〉 ποτε ταύτην καὶ ἐν τοῖς μέλλουσιν αἰῶσιν ὁ λόγος ἕξει, ἢ ἄχρι μόνου τοῦ τῆς κρίσεως καιροῦ; ἀνάγκη γὰρ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ προφήτου λεχθὲν ἔργῳ βεβαιωθῆναι. »ὄψονται γὰρ« φησὶν »εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν« · ἐξεκέντησαν δὲ δηλονότι τὴν σάρκα.
“For when all things are about to be subjected to Christ at the time of the end, as the apostle said, then ‘he himself will be subjected to the one who subjected all things to him.’ What then do we learn about the human flesh that the Word took on for our sake less than four hundred years ago? Will the Word have it in the ages to come, or only until the time of judgment? For what the prophet said must be confirmed in fact. ‘For they will look,’ he says, ‘on the one whom they pierced.’ And clearly what they pierced was the flesh.”
καὶ προστίθησιν μεθ’ ἕτερα λέγων (Nr. 104) ὅτι γὰρ οὐχ ἵν’ ὁ λόγος ὠφεληθῇ τὴν ἡμετέραν ἀνείληφεν σάρκα, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἡ σὰρξ διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν λόγον κοινωνίαν ἀθανασίας τύχῃ, δῆλόν ἐστιν καὶ ἀπ’ αὐτῆς τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἀποφάσεως. περὶ γὰρ τῆς σαρκός, ἣν ἔχων ὡμίλει τοῖς μαθηταῖς, οὕτω λέγει »τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδαλίζει; ἐὰν οὖν ἴδητε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀπιόντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον; τὸ πνεῦμα ζωοποιεῖ, ἡ σὰρξ οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ« . εἰ οὖν ὁμολογεῖ τὴν σάρκα μηδὲν ὠφελεῖν αὐτόν, πῶς ἐγχωρεῖ τὴν ἐκ γῆς τε οὖσαν καὶ μηδὲν ὠφελοῦσαν καὶ ἐν τοῖς μέλλουσιν αἰῶσιν ὡς αὐτῷ λυσιτελοῦσαν συνεῖναι τῷ λόγῳ;
And a little later he adds: “That the Word did not take on our flesh for his own benefit, but so that the flesh might obtain immortality through its fellowship with the Word, is clear from the Savior’s own declaration. For concerning the flesh which he had when he spoke with his disciples, he says, ‘Does this offend you? What if you see the Son of Man going up to where he was before? The Spirit gives life; the flesh profits nothing.’ If he himself admits that the flesh profits him nothing, how can it be right that this flesh, which is from the earth and profits nothing, should be with the Word in the ages to come, as though it were of use to him?”
διὰ τοῦτο γάρ μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ὁ παντοκράτωρ δεσπότης πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγειν »κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου ἕως ἂν θῷ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου« . ἐνεργείᾳ μόνῃ διὰ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην σάρκα χωρίζειν αὐτὸν δοκῶν καὶ ὥσπερ ῥητόν τινα χρόνον ὁρίζων αὐτῷ τῆς ἐν δεξιᾷ καθέδρας οὕτω φησὶν πρὸς αὐτὸν »ἕως ἂν θῷ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου« .
“For this, it seems to me, is also why the almighty Master says to him, ‘Sit at my right hand until I put your enemies as a footstool for your feet.’ He appears to be separating him by activity alone, on account of the human flesh. And as though he were fixing a set time for the sitting at his right hand, he says to him, ‘until I put your enemies as a footstool for your feet.’”
τοῦτο δὲ τὸ προφητικὸν τοῦ Δαυὶδ ῥητὸν σαφέστερον ἡμῖν ἑρμηνεύων ὁ ἱερὸς ἀπόστολος οὕτω πως ἔφη »δεῖ γὰρ αὐτὸν βασιλεύειν, ἕως ἂν θῇ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτοῦ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ« . οὐκοῦν ὅρον τινα ἔχειν δοκεῖ ἡ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον αὐτοῦ οἰκονομία τε καὶ βασιλεία. οὐδὲν γὰρ ἕτερον βούλεται ἢ τοῦτο τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀποστόλου ῥηθὲν »ἕως ἂν θῇ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτοῦ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν, αὐτοῦ« .
The holy apostle explained this prophetic saying of David more plainly for us, speaking somewhat like this: “For he must reign until he puts his enemies under his feet.” So his dispensation and kingdom as a man seem to have a limit. For David means nothing other than what the apostle said: “until he puts his enemies under his feet.”
οὐκοῦν ἐπειδὰν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς σχῇ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν οὐκέτι χρῄζει τῆς ἐν μέρει ταύτης βασιλείας, πάντων καθόλου βασιλεὺς ὑπάρχων· συμβασιλεύει γὰρ »τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρί« , οὗ ὁ λόγος ἦν τε καὶ ἐστίν.
So when he has his enemies as a footstool under his feet, he no longer needs this partial kingdom, since he is king over all things without exception. For he reigns together with “God and Father,” whose Word he was and is.
οὐδὲ γὰρ αὐτὸς καθ’ ἑαυτὸν ὁ λόγος ἀρχὴν βασιλείας εἴληφεν, ἀλλ’ ὁ ἀπατηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου ἄνθρωπος διὰ τῆς τοῦ λόγου δυνάμεως βασιλεὺς γέγονεν, ἵνα βασιλεὺς γενόμενος τὸν πρότερον ἀπατήσαντα νικήσῃ διάβολον. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ αἱ Πράξεις τῶν ἀποστόλων περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου, ὃν ἀνείληφεν ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος καὶ ἀνειληφὼς ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ πατρὸς καθέζεται, οὕτως διδάσκουσιν λέγουσαι »ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως« . καὶ αὗται ὥσπερ ὅρον τινὰ καὶ προθεσμίαν ὁρίζουσαι ἐν ᾧπερ προσήκει τὴν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον οἰκονομίαν ἡνῶσθαι τῷ λόγῳ οὕτω λέγουσιν.
For the Word himself did not receive the beginning of a kingdom on his own account. It was the man who had been deceived by the devil who became king through the power of the Word, so that, having become king, he might defeat the devil who had deceived him before. For this reason the Acts of the Apostles also teach about this man, whom the Word of God took up and, having taken him up, sits at the right hand of the Father. They put it like this: “whom heaven must receive until the times of restoration.” These words too set a kind of limit and appointed time, within which the union of the Word with the dispensation as a man is fitting.
τί γὰρ ἕτερον βούλεται τὸ »ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως« , ἢ αἰῶνα μέλλοντα ἡμῖν σημαίνειν, ἐν ᾧ δεῖ πάντα τῆς τελείας τυχεῖν ἀποκαταστάσεως; εἰ τοίνυν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς ἀποκαταστάσεως ἀπάντων καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν κτίσιν ἐκ τῆς δουλείας εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν μεταβληθήσεσθαι ὁ Παῦλος ἔφη (λέγει γὰρ »ὅτι καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ κτίσις ἐλευθερωθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ θεοῦ),
For what else does “until the times of restoration” mean, but to point us to the age to come, in which all things must receive their perfect restoration? Now Paul said that at the time of the restoration of all things even creation itself will be changed from slavery to freedom. For he says, “that creation itself will be set free from the slavery of corruption into the freedom of the glory of the children of God.”
πῶς ἔτι τὴν τοῦ δούλου μορφήν, ἣν ἀνείληφεν ὁ λόγος, μορφὴν οὖσαν δούλου, συνεῖναι τῷ λόγῳ δυνατὸν γένοιτ’ ἄν; σαφῶς δ’ οὖν καὶ διαρρήδην ἐν βραχεῖ τινι χρόνῳ τῶν τε παρεληλυθότων καὶ τῶν μελλόντων αἰώνων τὴν κατὰ σάρκα οἰκονομίαν τοῦ λόγου δι’ ἡμᾶς γεγενῆσθαι συμβέβηκεν. καὶ ταύτην ὥσπερ ἀρχὴν οὕτως καὶ τέλος ἕξειν ὁ θεσπέσιος εἴρηκεν Παῦλος, οὕτω πως εἰπὼν »εἶτα τὸ τέλος, ὅταν παραδιδῷ τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρί« .
How then could the form of a slave, which the Word took up, being the form of a slave, still be able to be with the Word? It is plainly and expressly the case that the dispensation of the Word in the flesh, for our sake, has taken place within a short time, between the ages past and the ages to come. And the inspired Paul has said that it will have an end, just as it had a beginning, speaking somewhat like this: “Then comes the end, when he hands over the kingdom to God and Father.”
τούτοις μεθ’ ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει (Nr. 106) οὐκοῦν οὐ δι’ ἑαυτόν, ἀλλὰ δι’ ἡμᾶς τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἀνείληφεν σάρκα. εἰ δὲ δι’ ἡμᾶς ἀνειληφὼς φαίνεται, πάντα δὲ τὰ καθ’ ἡμᾶς τῇ αὐτοῦ προνοίᾳ καὶ ἐνεργείᾳ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς κρίσεως τέλους τεύξεται, οὐκέτι οὐδὲ ταύτης τῆς ἐν μέρει βασιλείας ἔσται χρεία. ταῦτα Μάρκελλος εἰπών, εἶτα συναισθόμενος ἑαυτοῦ εἰς ἄτοπον ἐκπεπτωκότος, προστίθησιν τοῖς εἰρημένοις ταῦτα (Nr. 107) εἰ δέ τις λέγοι, διὰ τοῦτο τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην σάρκα ἀξίαν εἶναι τοῦ λόγου, ὅτι διὰ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἀθάνατον αὐτὴν ἀπειργάσατο, γνώτω ὅτι οὐ πᾶν, ὅπερ ἀθάνατον, τοῦτο ἄξιον θεοῦ.
After other things, Marcellus adds to these (Fr. 106): “Therefore he took up human flesh not for his own sake but for ours. But if it is clear that he took it up for our sake, and everything that concerns us will reach its end at the time of judgment through his providence and working, then there will no longer be any need even of this partial kingdom.” After saying this, Marcellus became aware that he had fallen into something absurd, and so he adds to what he had said (Fr. 107): “But if someone says that human flesh is worthy of the Word because he made it immortal through the resurrection, let him know that not everything that is immortal is worthy of God.”
μείζων γὰρ καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀθανασίας ὁ θεός, ὁ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ βουλήσει καὶ τὰ μὴ ὄντα ἀθάνατα ποιεῖν δυνάμενος. ὅτι δὲ οὐ πᾶν τὸ ἀθάνατον ἡνῶσθαι θεῷ ἄξιον δῆλόν ἐστι καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχὰς καὶ ἐξουσίας καὶ ἀγγέλους ἀθανάτους ὄντας μηδὲν διαφέρειν τῇ ἑνότητι τοῦ θεοῦ.
“For God is greater even than immortality itself, since by his own will he can make even things that do not exist immortal. And it is clear that not everything immortal is worthy to be united with God, from the fact that rulers, authorities and angels, though immortal, make no difference to the unity of God.”
ταῦτ’ εἰπὼν καὶ ὥσπερ εἰς βυθὸν ἀτοπίας ἑαυτὸν ἐκπεπτωκότα συναισθόμενος ἀνακαλεῖσθαι πειρᾶται, τρόπον τινὰ ἐξομολογούμενος ὅτι μηδὲν ἠπίστατο ὧν ἔλεγεν· διὸ ἐπάγει λέγων (Nr. 108) εἰ δέ τις περὶ τῆς σαρκὸς ταύτης τῆς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ ἀθανάτου γεγονυίας πυνθάνοιτο, τί φαμεν πρὸς αὐτόν; ὅτι δογματίζειν μὲν ἡμεῖς περὶ ὧν μὴ ἀκριβῶς παρὰ τῶν θείων μεμαθήκαμεν γραφῶν οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι νομίζομεν.
After saying this, Marcellus saw that he had thrown himself into a pit of absurdity, as it were, and he tries to take it back, in a way confessing that he knew nothing of what he was saying. So he goes on to say (Fr. 108): “But if someone asks about this flesh that has become immortal in the Word, what do we say to him? That we think it unsafe to lay down doctrine about things we have not learned exactly from the divine Scriptures.”
πῶς γὰρ τοῦτο πράττειν δυνατὸν τοῖς καὶ τὰ ἑτέρων ἀνατρέπουσιν δόγματα;
For how could those who overturn the doctrines of others do this?
ἀλλ’ ἐροῦμεν πρὸς τοὺς τὸν ἀκριβῆ περὶ τούτου μαθεῖν παρ’ ἡμῶν βουλομένους λόγον, ὅτι πειθόμενοι τῷ ἱερῷ ἀποστόλῳ ἴσμεν ὅτι οὕτως ἡμᾶς ὁρᾶν τὰ ἀποκεκρυμμένα μυστήρια προσήκει, ὡς αὐτὸς ἔφη »βλέπομεν γὰρ ἄρτι« φησὶν » δι’ ἐσόπτρου ἐν αἰνίγματι, τότε δὲ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον· ἄρτι γινώσκομεν ἐκ μέρους, τότε δὲ ἐπιγνωσόμεθα καθὼς καὶ ἐπεγνώσθημεν« . ὥστε μή μου πυνθάνου περὶ ὧν σαφῶς παρὰ τῆς θείας γραφῆς μὴ μεμάθηκα.
“But to those who want to learn from us the exact account of this matter, we will say that, trusting the holy apostle, we know that we should look at hidden mysteries as he himself said: ‘For now we see,’ he says, ‘through a mirror in a riddle, but then face to face. Now I know in part, but then I will know fully, just as I also was fully known.’ So do not ask me about things I have not clearly learned from divine Scripture.”
διὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν οὐδὲ περὶ τῆς θείας ἐκείνης τῆς τῷ θείῳ λόγῳ κοινωνησάσης σαρκὸς σαφῶς εἰπεῖν δυνήσομαι. νυνὶ δὲ πιστεύω ταῖς θείαις γραφαῖς, ὅτι εἷς θεός, καὶ ὁ τούτου λόγος προῆλθεν μὲν τοῦ πατρός, ἵνα »πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ« γένηται· μετὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς κρίσεως καὶ τὴν τῶν ἁπάντων διόρθωσιν καὶ τὸν ἀφανισμὸν τῆς ἀντικειμένης ἀπάσης ἐνεργείας »τότε αὐτὸς ὑποταγήσεται τῷ ὑποτάξαντι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα« »θεῷ καὶ πατρί« , ἵνα οὕτως ᾖ ἐν θεῷ ὁ λόγος, ὥσπερ καὶ πρότερον ἦν.
“For this reason, then, I will not be able to speak clearly about that divine flesh which shared in the divine Word. But as it is, I believe the divine Scriptures: there is one God, and his Word came forth from the Father so that ‘all things’ might come to be ‘through him.’ Then, after the time of judgment, and the setting right of all things, and the destruction of every opposing power, ‘then he himself will be subjected to the one who subjected all things to him,’ ‘to God and Father,’ so that the Word may be in God in the same way as he was before.”
τοιοῦτο τέλος ἐπήγαγεν τῇ σαρκὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ὁ θαυμαστὸς οὗτος συγγραφεύς, ἀμνημονήσας ὧν περὶ αὐτῆς διὰ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν εἴρηκεν.
This is the kind of end this remarkable writer brings upon the flesh of our Savior, having forgotten what he had said about it earlier.
εἶθ’ ὁ σαφῶς οὕτως τὸ σῶμα τὸ σωτήριον ἔρημον τοῦ λόγου γενήσεσθαι μετὰ τὸν τῆς κρίσεως καιρὸν ἀποφηνάμενος εὐλάβειαν προσποιεῖται καὶ μὴ εἰδέναι φησὶν ἀποκρίνεσθαι, εἴ τις αὐτὸν ἔροιτο περὶ τῆς σαρκός, φῆσαι δ’ ἂν πρὸς τὸν ἐρωτῶντα· μή μου πυνθάνου περὶ ὧν μὴ μεμάθηκα.
Then the man who has declared so plainly that the Savior’s body will be left empty of the Word after the time of judgment puts on an air of reverence. He says he does not know how to answer if someone asks him about the flesh, and that he would say to the questioner, “Do not ask me about what I have not learned.”
ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ τυχὼν εἶπεν ἂν πρὸς αὐτόν, τί δὴ οὖν σαυτὸν σκώπτεις, ἄνθρωπε; τί δὲ κατὰ κρημνῶν ὠθεῖς, περὶ ὧν μὴ μεμάθηκας ὁριζόμενος ἐγγράφως; τί δὲ μὴ φυλάττεις ἃ παρὰ τῶν ἐκκλησιαστικῶν πατέρων τε καὶ διδασκάλων παρείληφας, νεωτερίζεις δ’ ἄντικρυς νέαν καὶ ξενίζουσαν εἰσάγων τῷ βίῳ διαστροφήν, ἀρχήν τε πρόσκαιρον καὶ νεωτέραν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Χριστοῦ διδοὺς καὶ ταύτης τέλος ὑφιστάμενος, καὶ τὸν μὲν ἀληθῶς μονογενῆ τοῦ θεοῦ υἱὸν ἀρνούμενος λόγον δὲ ψιλὸν ἀνούσιον καὶ ἀνυπόστατον ὑποτιθέμενος, ὃν οὐδ’ ἕτερον ἢ ἓν καὶ ταὐτὸν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι φῄς, ὃ δὴ καὶ πᾶς εἴποι ἂν ἀρνούμενος τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰκότως;
But any ordinary person could say to him: “Why then, man, are you making a fool of yourself? Why do you push yourself over a cliff, laying down in writing definitions about matters you have not learned? Why do you not guard what you received from the fathers and teachers of the Church? Instead you openly innovate, bringing into life a new and strange perversion. You give the kingdom of Christ a temporary and recent beginning and assign it an end. You deny the truly only-begotten Son of God and suppose in his place a bare Word with no being and no substance of its own, which you say is not other than God but one and the same with him. And anyone who denied the Son of God would say just this, and naturally so!
οὐ γὰρ υἱὸς ὁ μὴ ὑφεστὼς λόγος, ὡς οὐδ’ ὁ ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ λόγος υἱὸς ἄν ποτε ῥηθείη ἀνθρώπου, ἐνεργείᾳ μόνῃ ἐν τῷ λαλοῦντι συνιστάμενος. τοῦτον δ’ ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς πρὸ ἐτῶν οὐδ’ ὅλων τετρακοσίων διὰ τῆς ἀναλήψεως τῆς σαρκὸς υἱὸν θεοῦ γεγενῆσθαι ἄνω κάτω φῄς. καὶ Ἰησοῦν καὶ Χριστὸν ὠνομάσθαι, εἰκόνα τε »τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου« χρηματίσαι καὶ »πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως« , καὶ δὴ καὶ βασιλέα τότε γενέσθαι, ἀρξάμενον τούτων ἁπάντων ἐκ τοῦ δηλωθέντος χρόνου, ἔπειτα καιρῷ τῆς συντελείας τούτων ἁπάντων ἀθρόως παυθήσεσθαι.
“For a Word that has no substance of its own is not a son, just as the word in a man could never be called the son of that man, since it exists in the speaker only as an activity. Yet you say, turning everything upside down, that this Word became Son of God from the Father less than four hundred years ago, through taking up the flesh. You say he was named Jesus and Christ, was called ‘image of the invisible God’ and ‘firstborn of all creation,’ and then became king as well. You say he began all of this from the time just mentioned, and that at the time of the consummation all of it will be brought to a sudden end.
ποῦ δὴ οὖν ταῦτα μεμάθηκας; τίς δέ σοι τούτων κατέστη διδάσκαλος, τίς ἐπισκόπων, ποῖαι σύνοδοι, ποῖον ἐκκλησιαστικῶν ἀνδρῶν γράμμα; ποῦ δέ σοι τὸ σῶμα τὸ ἀθάνατον χωρήσειεν ⟨ἂν· τοῦ σωτῆρος; ἀθάνατον γὰρ ὁμολογῶν καὶ θεῖον ὀνομάζων αὐτὸ πάντως που καὶ ἄφθαρτον καὶ ἀδιάλυτον ὑποθήσῃ. πεφυκὸς δὲ τοιοῦτον μένει συνεστὸς δηλαδὴ καὶ ἀδιάλυτον. ἀλλὰ τὸν λόγον ἀφῄρεις αὐτοῦ καὶ τῷ θεῷ συνῆπτες.
“Where, then, did you learn these things? Who was your teacher in them? Which bishop? What councils? What writing of churchmen? And how would the Savior’s immortal body fit into your scheme? For when you admit that it is immortal and call it divine, you must surely suppose it also to be incorruptible and indissoluble. A body of such a nature plainly remains standing, and indissoluble. But you took the Word away from it and joined him to God.
οὐκοῦν ἄνευ λόγου μόνον τὸ σῶμα στήσεται ἐν ἀθανάτῳ καὶ ἀφθάρτῳ ἀλογίᾳ καὶ ἀκινησίᾳ; πῶς δὲ αὐτὸς ὁ λόγος εἰς τὸν θεὸν χωρήσει καὶ συναφθήσεται αὖθις αὐτῷ μετὰ τὸν τῆς σαρκὸς χωρισμόν; ἆρα μὴ ὢν ἐν τῷ θεῷ, ὅτε τῇ σαρκὶ συνῆν; ἀλλ’ ὢν ἐν αὐτῷ διὰ παντός, συναίδιός τε ὢν καὶ ἓν καὶ ταὐτὸν τῷ θεῷ. πῶς οὖν ὑπῆρχεν ἐν τῷ σώματι; εἰ μὲν ψυχῆς δίκην οἰκῶν ἐν αὐτῷ, ἔσται ἄρα ἐν ὑποστάσει, τοῦ πατρὸς κεχωρισμένος, ζῶν τε καὶ ὑφεστὼς ἐν ᾗ ἀνείληφεν σαρκί.
“So then the body alone, without the Word, will stand on in immortal and incorruptible speechlessness and motionlessness? And how will the Word himself go back into God and be joined to him again after the separation from the flesh? Was he not in God when he was with the flesh? But he was in him always, being coeternal and one and the same with God. How then was he in the body? If he lived in it as a soul does, then he will exist with a substance of his own, separate from the Father, living and subsisting in the flesh he took up.
τί οὖν ἐκώλυεν καὶ πρὸ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου συστάσεως υἱὸν θεοῦ ζῶντα αὐτὸν ὁμολογεῖν; ἀλλ’ εἴποι ἂν ἴσως ἐνεργείᾳ μόνῃ οὐχὶ δὲ οὐσίας ὑποστάσει καὶ ἐν τῷ σώματι γεγονέναι· δραστικῇ γὰρ ἐνεργείᾳ μόνῃ φησὶ τῇ σαρκὶ συνὼν (τῷ κινεῖν αὐτὴν καὶ πράττειν ὅσαπερ ἐν Εὐαγγελίοις φέρεται) οὐσίᾳ τῷ θεῷ συνῆπτο, οἷα λόγος ὑπάρχων αὐτοῦ ἀχώριστος καὶ ἀδιάστατος.
“What, then, prevented him from being confessed as a living Son of God even before the world was established? But perhaps he will say that the Word was in the body by activity alone and not by a substantial existence. For he says that, being with the flesh only by active working (moving it and doing everything that is recorded in the Gospels), he was joined to God in substance, as being God’s Word, inseparable from him and undivided.
εἰ δὴ ταῦτα λέγοι, ἐρωτήσασιν ἡμῖν ἀποκρινάσθω, ἆρ’ ἐπὶ μόνην τὴν σάρκα ταύτην ἡ τοῦ λόγου ἐνέργεια ἔφθακεν, οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ ἐφ’ ἑτέρους ἀνθρώπους τοὺς ἁγίους τοῦ θεοῦ; καὶ εἰς τὰ λοιπὰ δὲ πάντα τοῦ λόγου δημιουργήματα οὐχὶ ὁ αὐτὸς ἐνεργεῖ λόγος; καὶ μὴν μεμαθήκαμεν ὡς »τῷ λόγῳ κυρίου οἱ οὐρανοὶ ἐστερεώθησαν« καὶ »πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν« . οὐκοῦν ἐνεργεῖ καὶ ἐπὶ πάντων.
“If he says this, let him answer when we ask: did the Word’s activity reach only this flesh, and not other men, God’s saints, as well? And does not the same Word also work in all the rest of the things he made? Yet we have learned that ‘by the word of the Lord the heavens were made firm’ and that ‘all things came to be through him, and apart from him not one thing came to be.’ So he works in all things.”
ἔγνωμεν ἀπὸ τῶν θείων γραφῶν καὶ ὡς » λόγος κυρίου ἐγενήθη πρὸς Ὠσηὲ τὸν τοῦ Βεηρί« , καὶ »λόγος κυρίου ἐγενήθη πρὸς Ἡσαΐαν υἱὸν Ἀμώς« , καὶ »ὃς ἐγενήθη λόγος κυρίου πρὸς Ἱερεμίαν« . καὶ ἐφ’ ἑκάστου δὲ προφήτου ὁ αὐτὸς ἐνήργει τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος. ἄρ’ οὐν τῆς ἴσης ἀξίας τῷ μονογενεῖ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ κἀκείνοις ἅπασιν μετῆν, καὶ πλέον οὐδὲν ὑπῆρχεν τῷ σωτῆρι, εἰ δὴ ἐνεργείᾳ μόνῃ ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου τοῦ τῷ θεῷ συνημμένου ἐκινεῖτο.
We know from the divine Scriptures that “the word of the Lord came to Hosea, the son of Beeri,” and “the word of the Lord came to Isaiah, the son of Amos,” and “the word of the Lord which came to Jeremiah.” In the case of each prophet it was the same Word of God who was at work. Then did all those men share the same rank as the only-begotten Son of God, and did the Savior have nothing more than they had, if he was moved only by an activity of the Word who was joined to God?
ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τὰ ἴσα τοῖς προφήταις φέρειν δίδωσιν Μάρκελλος τῷ Χριστῷ τοῦ θεοῦ. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ζωῆς αἰωνίου ἀθανάτου τε καὶ ἀτελευτήτου τεύξονται, εἰς τοὺς ἅπαντας αἰῶνας ἐν τῇ κατηγγελμένῃ τῶν οὐρανῶν βασιλείᾳ βιωσόμενοι ἀγαθῶν τε ἀπολαύσοντες »ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσεν καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου 〈οὐκ〉 ἀνέβη« · ὁ δὲ Χριστὸς τοῦ θεοῦ αὐτὸς ὁ κοινὸς ἁπάντων σωτήρ, »ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν« , ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς τῶν ἁγίων ἀναστάσεως, μόνος ἄρα τότε ἀπολειφθήσεται, παυθησομένης αὐτοῦ τῆς βασιλείας καὶ τῆς ζωοποιοῦ σαρκὸς ἐρήμου καὶ ἀλόγου καταλειφθησομένης, ὡς μήτε προϋπάρχειν αὐτὸν υἱὸν θεοῦ ὄντα μήτε διαρκεῖν εἰς ἄπειρον κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Μαρκέλλου διδασκαλίαν.
But Marcellus does not even allow Christ to receive what the prophets receive. They will obtain eternal life, immortal and unending, and they will live through all the ages in the announced kingdom of heaven, enjoying good things “which eye has not seen, and ear has not heard, and which have [not] entered the human heart.” But the Christ of God, the common Savior of all, “the firstborn from the dead,” the hope of the resurrection of the saints, will on Marcellus’s account be left alone at that time. His kingdom will come to an end, and the life-giving flesh will be left deserted and without the Word. So according to Marcellus’s teaching he neither existed beforehand as Son of God nor lasts forever.
εἰκότως ἄρα ταῦτα βασιλέα τὸν ὡς ἀληθῶς θεοφιλῆ καὶ τρισμακάριον κατὰ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἐκίνει, καίτοι μυρία κολακεύσαντος καὶ πολλὰ βασιλέως ἐγκώμια αὐτοῦ ἐν συγγράμματι διελθόντος. ταῦτα δὲ καὶ τὴν ἁγίαν σύνοδον ἐν τῇ βασιλικῇ συνελθοῦσαν πόλει ἐξ ἐπαρχιῶν διαφόρων Πόντου καὶ Καππαδοκίας Ἀσίας τε καὶ Φρυγίας καὶ Βιθυνίας Θρᾴκης τε καὶ τῶν ἐπέκεινα μερῶν στηλιτεύειν τὸν ἄνδρα διὰ τῆς κατ’ αὐτοῦ γραφῆς καὶ μὴ θέλουσαν ἐξεβιάζετο. ταῦτα καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τὴν μετὰ χεῖρα ἐξέτασιν προελθεῖν κατηνάγκασεν, ὁμοῦ καὶ τοῖς δόξασιν τῇ ἁγίᾳ συνόδῳ παρισταμένους, ὁμοῦ καὶ τοῖς συλλειτουργοῖς προστάξασιν τοῦτο πρᾶξαι τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιουμένους.
It was only to be expected, then, that these views stirred the truly God-loving and thrice-blessed emperor against the man, even though Marcellus had flattered him endlessly and had gone through many praises of the emperor in his writing. These same views also forced the holy council to publicly condemn the man by a written document against him, even though it was unwilling. That council had gathered in the imperial city from various provinces: Pontus and Cappadocia, Asia and Phrygia and Bithynia, Thrace and the regions beyond. These same views have also compelled us to undertake the present examination. In doing so we stand with what the holy council decided, and we also do what is sufficient for our fellow ministers who ordered us to do this.
μάλιστα δέ μοι ἀναγκαῖον ἡγοῦμαι γεγενῆσθαι τὸ γράμμα διὰ τοὺς ἠδικῆσθαι τὸν ἄνδρα νενομικότας. χρὴ γὰρ ἀποθεραπεῦσαι τὴν τῶν ἡμετέρων ἀδελφῶν ὑπόνοιαν διὰ τοῦ φανερὰν καταστῆσαι τὴν μακροῖς μὲν χρόνοις ἐμφωλεύσασαν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπιστίαν, νυνὶ δὲ ἐληλεγμένην διὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ γραφῆς, ἣν μηδενὸς καλοῦντος αὐτόμολος φέρων παρῆν, βασιλεῖ τε ἐπὶ χεῖρα δοὺς ἠξίου διαγνῶναι τὰ ἐγγεγραμμένα· τάχα που ἐλπίσας τῶν εἰς αὐτὸν ἐγκωμίων χάριν αὐτὸς μὲν τυχεῖν προνομίας τῆς παρ’ αὐτῷ τῷ βασιλεῖ, τοὺς δ’ ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ κακηγορηθέντας ἐπισκόπους ὑποβληθῆναι τιμωρίᾳ.
I consider this writing especially necessary because of those who think the man was wronged. For I must heal the suspicion of our brothers by making plain his unbelief toward the Son of God. For a long time it had lain hidden in him, but now it has been exposed by his own book. He brought it of his own accord, when no one had called for it, and put it into the emperor’s hands, asking him to examine what was written in it. He perhaps hoped that, because of the praises he had given the emperor, he would himself win special favor with the emperor, while the bishops he had slandered would be handed over to punishment.
οὐ μὴν κατ’ ἐλπίδας αὐτῷ τὰ τῆς ἐκβάσεως προὐχώρει. θεὸς γὰρ ἦν ὁ τούτων κριτὴς καὶ αὐτὸς Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς, ὁ πρὸς τοῦ συγγραφέως ἀθετούμενος, ὃς δὴ τὰ κρύφια τοῦ ἀνδρὸς συνορῶν, αὐτὸν αὑτοῦ κατήγορον ἅμα καὶ ἔλεγχον μηδενὸς συνελαύνοντος γίγνεσθαι παρεσκεύαζεν. ὅθεν ὁ μὲν ἐπὶ τῷ συγγράμματι καλλωπιζόμενος βασιλεῖ προσῄει, ὁ δὲ τῇ συνόδῳ παρεδίδου τὴν διάκρισιν τῶν ἐγγεγραμμένων, ἡ δ’ ἁγία τοῦ θεοῦ σύνοδος ἀπεδοκίμαζε τὸ γράμμα, εἰκότως, ὅτι μήτε ἀρχὴν μήτε τέλος εὐσεβὲς ὁμολογεῖ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ.
But the outcome did not match his hopes. For the judge of these matters was God, and Christ Jesus himself, whom the author sets aside. He saw the man’s hidden things, and brought it about that, with no one forcing him, he became his own accuser and his own refutation. So the man who prided himself on his book went to the emperor, and the emperor handed over the examination of what was written to the council. The holy council of God rejected the book, and rightly so, because it confesses neither a godly beginning nor a godly end for the Son of God.

Sources. Greek text: Erich Klostermann’s edition (Eusebius Werke, Leipzig: J. C. Hinrichs, 1906), digitised by Open Greek and Latin and the First Thousand Years of Greek project (CC BY-SA 4.0). The English is a new translation made by SermonIndex with AI directly from the Greek, as a first reading version; it has not been checked line by line by a person and may contain mistakes. No older English translation was used. Where the digital Greek is flagged as damaged, the English is a best reading. Released under CC BY-SA 4.0.

Everything we make is available for free because of a generous community of supporters.

Donate